Loadcenter Eaton PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 107

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Residential Loadcenters 1.1 Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers


and Breaker Family
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2
1
Single-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-7 1
Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-13
CH Specialty Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15 1
Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-16
1
Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18 1
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19
Non-Metallic Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-21 1
CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-22
CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36
1
1.2 Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers 1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46
1
Single-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-51
Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58 1
Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
1
Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63
1
Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-64
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-66 1
BR Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83
1
1.3 Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-95 1
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-96
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-96
1
1.4 Enclosed Breakers 1
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-100
1
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-100
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-101 1
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-101
1
1.5 Classified Circuit Breakers
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-102 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-103
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-105
1
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-105 1
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-106
1
Learn 1
Online
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-1


Revision notes

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial, CA08100002E


Tab 1—Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Revision date Section Change page(s) Description
04/22/2019 All All Updated to April 2019 print revision date
1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Eaton Type CH Convertible Family Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-3
1 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-5
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-7
1 CH Specialty Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15
CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22
1 CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36

1
1
1
1
1
1 Overview
1 Product Description Features, Benefits and Inboard Plug-on Neutral be installed with the bonding
Loadcenters are enclosures Functions Code changes and higher strap not connected to the
safety standards are neutral. Separate ground bars
1 specifically designed to house
Loadcenter Construction leading to more arc fault must be used on non-service
the branch circuit breakers
and wiring required to circuit interrupter (AFCI) entrance panels.
1 distribute power to individual
Eaton’s Type CH loadcenters
feature silver flash plated installations. With the
circuits. They contain either a copper bus in all interiors. Stabs electrical contractor in mind, Grounds
1 main breaker when used at are rated 200 A throughout Eaton has revolutionized the In service entrance
the service entrance point or the CH line. Therefore, the way Combination AFCIs are applications where the
1 a main lug when used as a sum of the handle ratings installed with the Plug-on neutral is bonded, unused
sub-panel to add circuits to connected to any one stab Neutral line of loadcenters neutral holes may be used
and breakers. for terminating ground
1 existing service. The main
breaker protects the main
is limited to 200 A maximum.
conductors. In sub-feed
NEMA 1 boxes are manufactured This unique product solution
entire panel and can be used from cold rolled 16 gauge panels, the neutral must be
1 as a service disconnect. The sheet steel. Raintight boxes
enables the contractor to
isolated (non-bonded), and
connect the breaker directly
branch breakers protect the are manufactured from ground wires must be
to the neutral bar, eliminating
1 wires leading to individual galvanized steel. All boxes and the need for wiring a pigtail.
terminated on a separate
electrical loads such as trims are finished using an ground bar. All CH Main Lug
1 fixtures and outlets. electrostatic powder coat, Insulated/Bondable Single
Neutral
Only Plug-on Neutral
baked urethane sandalwood loadcenters come with a
Panels are supplied with a factory-installed ground bar.
1 CH Plug-on Neutral Loadcenter paint process.
single insulated neutral. For
Quicker, easier and cleaner The insulated/bondable
than the competition. The CH Neutrals service entrance applications,
1 Plug-on Neutral portfolio Eaton Type CH loadcenters all that is required to bond the single/split neutral panels
neutral is to loosen the have sufficient terminations
offers a unique design that feature three types of neutrals: for both ground and neutral
1 offers improved safety, ease bonding screw and the
conductors. The insulated/
of installation and leaves the Insulated/Bondable Split neutral screw directly beside
Neutral bondable single split neutral
1 end result with a clean and
Panels are supplied with split
it, insert the bonding strap
into the neutral bar, and re- panels are supplied with a
professional look and feel. separate factory-installed
insulated neutrals with an tighten both connections. The
1 insulated cross strap. For single neutral can be moved ground bar if the catalog
service entrance applications, by the contractor to the other number contains a “G.” If
1 the neutral must be bonded side of the panel, if desired. not, a separate ground bar
by using the bonding strap When used as a service should be installed. Insulated/
Bondable Single Neutral
1 supplied with the panel. For
non-service entrance (sub-
entrance panel, unused
panels are supplied without a
neutral connections may be
panel) applications, the panel ground bar (unless otherwise
1 may be installed with the
used for the termination of
equipment grounds. For non- noted), and ground bar kits, if
bonding strap not connected service entrance (sub-panel) needed, must be purchased
1 to the neutral. Separate applications, the panel may separately.
ground bars must be used on
1 non-service entrance panels.

V1-T1-2 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Neutral and Ground Terminals Fire Rating Plug-on Type CH Breakers Standards and Certifications
The standard terminals on Due to the numerous Quick-make, quick-break 1
UL® Listings
grounds and neutrals are rated openings in both loadcenter switch mechanism combined
to accept (3)—#14–#10 Cu/Al boxes and trims, they should with inverse time element All Eaton Type CH loadcenters 1
or (1)—#14–4 wires. For larger not be mounted in firewalls. tripping operation and trip- are listed under the UL 67
certification in file E8741.
cables, add-on neutral lugs There is no approval method free handle design. Type CH 1
may be ordered from the for sealing the enclosures for circuit breakers trip to the
Accessories. this application. OFF position eliminating
nuisance callbacks. The
1
Note: NEC® allows only one Date Code thermal-magnetic trip curve
current carrying conductor
per hole on neutrals unless The date of manufacture of avoids nuisance tripping on 1
otherwise noted. each loadcenter is printed on mild overloads while reacting
the outside of the carton as almost instantaneously 1
Bottom-Fed Loadcenters well as inside the loadcenter. to severe short-circuit
When the power cable is On the carton, the date code conditions. CHF breakers
include a ‘trip flag’ to
1
brought into the loadcenter is printed on the end carton
differentiate between a
from below the panel; then label. In the loadcenter, the
date code is located on the tripped breaker and one that 1
the main lug panels, and
single-phase, 225 A and small white label located on has been turned off.
below, loadcenters can be the right side wall (with the Multipole breakers have 1
rotated 180 degrees to allow main device on top). internal common trip
straight-in wiring of power The date code is in the
connection to operate all 1
cables to the main terminals. poles simultaneously.
following format: F # # # &.
Because the CSR main circuit The “F” is the numeric code
Handles are marked with
ON-OFF indication and
1
breaker handle operates for the Lincoln, IL plant, ampere rating of the breaker.
horizontally, the orientation
of the main circuit breaker
and the three numbers Type CH breakers meet 1
are the year and week of UL Standard 489, NEMA
handle is consistent with
the requirements of NEC
manufacture, e.g., 023. The standards, and Federal Spec 1
“&” sign at the end signifies Classification W-C 375 b/Gen.
Article 240.81. the decade of the 2000s.
The “!” at the end signifies
They are UL listed under File 1
Gutter Splicing Number E11713, E8741,
the decade of the 2010s. E3624 and E51287: and
Loadcenters are not UL listed Therefore, the date code CSA® certified file number
1
as wiring troughs. Therefore, F023& would indicate LR87196, except Type
gutter splicing of riser cables that the product was CHT breakers. 1
to tap off to the main device manufactured in the 23rd
is not permitted. Refer to
NEC Article 373.8.
week of 2000. The 1980s Type CH Circuit Breaker Ratings 1
are represented by a Single- and double-pole CH
“+” sign and the 1990s
are represented by a “=”
breakers rated 15 and 20 A 1
have low instantaneous
at the end of the code. magnetic trip levels. The 15
and 20 A breakers with “HM”
1
suffix have high magnetic trip
settings recommended for 1
circuits with inherently high
inrush currents. All Type CH 1
breakers are marked for
heating, air conditioning 1
and refrigeration (HACR)
equipment application.
Single-pole 15–20 A breakers
1
are also suitable for switching
duty (SWD). Shunt trip coils 1
operate on 120 Vac and
require one additional pole 1
space per breaker.
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-3


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH Loadcenter
1
1 Optimized Knockouts “Tangential” Center Knockout
■ ŁProvide additional access and ■ ŁEasier installation for

1 allow for easier removal improving


installation times
conduit applications

1 Unique Sandalwood Finish


Top or Bottom Feed ■ ŁAesthetically appealing, scratch-
1 ■ ŁStraight-in wiring saves labor
and material
resistant powder coating
■ ŁOne panel for either top or
1 or bottom applications
Full Length Neutral Bars
■ ŁOffer flexibility of placing electronic
breakers at any space within the panel
1 Smooth Case Edges
■ ŁProvide a more professional
■ ŁAllow for easy installation of neutral
wire connection
look and feel
1
2/0 Lug
1 ■ ŁEasily removable and can
be installed in any location
on the neutral bar
1
Commercial Grade Main Breaker
Plug-On Neutral
1 ■ Ł25 kAIC series rated main breaker
in 150 A–225 A loadcenters. ■ ŁEliminates the pigtail connection

35, 42 and 100 kAIC series providing time and labor savings
1 ratings are available ■ ŁProvides a professional installation

■ ŁOptional convertible design—

1 reduces inventory requirements Type CHF AFCI/GFCI/Thermal-


Magnetic Breakers
■ ŁAdvanced electronics effectively
1 Full Length Neutral Bars reduce nuisance tripping
■ ŁCHF AFCI breakers have a standard
■ ŁOffer flexibility of placing electronic

1 breakers at any space within the panel


■ ŁOffer easy installation of neutral
diagnostic LED indicating 1 of 7 trip codes
■ ŁMechanical flag for trip indication

connection time and labor savings (on thermal-magnetic AFCI and GFCI)
1 ■ ŁAll CH breakers provide industry exclusive
2-position handle with simple 1 step reset
Inboard Neutral
1 ■ ŁIncreases gutter space to allow
for the installation of conductors Cover Features not Shown:
1 Improved Cover Twist-Outs
One Piece Silver-Flashed Copper Bus ■ ŁEasier to remove twistouts

1 ■ ŁProvides superior conductivity,


corrosion resistance and durability Embossed Cover Circuit Numbers
■ ŁDurable circuit numbering with
1 Drywall Offsets added marking for twin breakers
(located on both sides of enclosure)
1 ■ ŁAllow for faster installation using Cover Keyhole Hanging Feature
■ ŁProvide easier cover installation by
predetermined self-leveling tabs
allowing quick hanging of cover regardless
1 Steel Backpan
of orientation of the panel
■ ŁProvides solid and reliable breaker
1 mounting—single piece design for
Rigid Center Cover Spine
■ ŁProvides strengthened center spine
stability and durability
when the twistouts are removed
1 Single Keyhole Mounting
■ ŁOne keyhole at the top and
1 bottom provides easier
mounting and leveling
1 Warranty
1 The minimum warranty
for residential loadcenters,
● Lifetime warranty on
CH circuit breakers
● 1-year warranty on plug-in
surge protective device
breakers and surge protection Lifetime warranty on (CHSA)
1 devices shall be as follows:

CHSPT2ULTRA including
$75,000 connected
1 ● Lifetime loadcenter
warranty equipment warranty

V1-T1-4 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Catalog Number Selection
1
CH Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters
1
CH P 32 L 225 X5 F 1
Type Designation Accessories Installed 1
CH = 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) Blank = None installed
breaker loadcenter F = Feed-through lugs
E = Ground bar 2
1
2
Feature
All MLO loadcenters come with a
factory-installed ground, which is 1
P = Plug-on neutral design not indicated by the part number.
1
Enclosure
Number of Spaces Bus Amperes
08 10 12 14 16 100 = 100 A
R = NEMA Type 3R rainproof 1
X0 1 = 16.75 inch
20 22 24 30 32 125 = 125 A
X1 1 = 18.75 inch
40 42 60 150 = 150 A
200 = 200 A
X2 1 = 21.00 inch 1
Note: The number of circuits X3 1 = 23.00 inch
225 = 225 A
is equal to double the number
of spaces.
X4 1 = 27.00 inch
X5 1 = 29.12 inch
1
X6 1 = 34.12 inch
X7 1 = 37.00 inch 1
Main Device X8 1 = 39.00 inch
X9 1 = 45.00 inch
L
B
= Main lug only
= Main breaker X10 1 = 48.00 inch 1
E = Convertible with main lugs installed 1 NEMA Type 1 indoor with no cover
N = Convertible (main device purchased separately (to be ordered separately). 1
1
CH Plug-on Neutral Covers (Ordered Separately)
1
CHP X5 L F
1
Type Designation
CHP =CH Plug-on neutral
Options
Blank = Sandalwood
1
loadcenter cover W = White
1
Bus Amperes Mount 1
X0 = 16.75 inch S = NEMA Type 1 indoor with
X1 = 18.75 inch
X2 = 21.00 inch
surface trim
F = NEMA Type 1 indoor with
1
X3 = 23.00 inch flush trim
X4 = 27.00 inch
X5 = 29.12 inch
Main Device/Maximum Amperage 1
A = 125 A or below
X6 = 34.12 inch B = 150 A, 200 A, 225 A main breaker
X7 = 37.00 inch L = 150 A, 200 A, 225 A MLD 1
X8 = 39.00 inch N = 150 A, 200 A, 225 A convertible
X9 = 45.00 inch
X10 = 48.00 inch 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-5


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

CH Legacy Loadcenters
1
CH 42 B 200 K
1
1 LC Type
Main Device Bus Amperes
Box Sizes
Type CH 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) B
branch circuit breakers C
1 L
B
= Main lug only
= Main breaker
40
70
150
200 D
Number of Circuits N = Convertible 100 225 E
1 Selection circuits
H = High AIC
main breaker
125 G
J
2 20 K
1 4
8
22
24 Construction Phases
L
R = Outdoor (no cover)
12 28 Blank = Standard Blank = Single-phase
1 14 30 PN = Plug-on neutral 3 = Three-phase Accessories
16 32 Blank = Standard
18 42
1 EC = Surge ready
SUR = Surge factory
installed
1
1 CH Legacy Indoor Covers (Ordered Separately)
1 CH 8 K F
1
Type CH Mounting Accessories
1 Factory Options Loadcenter
Cover Series
F = Combination Blank = Standard
Blank = Standard flush/surface M = Mechanical interlock
S = Surface
1 SUR = Surge/surge ready

Box Size
1 Indicated in loadcenter
catalog number
1 Note: All combinations are not valid, refer to the catalog section.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-6 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Product Selection
1
Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/25 kAIC
1
CHP14B100X1 Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Maximum
Number
Maximum
Number
1
Main Main 3/4-Inch 3/4-Inch Wire Size Range
Breaker Ampere (19.1 mm) (19.1 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter 12 1
Type Rating of Spaces of Poles Type Size for Main Breaker Catalog Number Combination 3 Surface
CH 100 14 28 Indoor X1 #6–1/0 CHP14B100X1 45 CHPX1AF 5 CHPX1AS 5 1
10 kAIC 69
14 28 Outdoor B #6–1/0 CH14B100R — —
18 36 Indoor X2 #6–1/0 CHP18B100X2 45 CHPX2AF 5 CHPX2AS 5 1
18 36 Outdoor C #6–1/0 CH18B100R 69 — —
22 44 Indoor X2 #6–1/0 CHP22B100X2 45 CHPX2AF 5 CHPX2AS 5
1
22 44 Outdoor C #6–1/0 CH22B100R 69 — —
1
30 60 Indoor X5 #6–1/0 CHP30B100X5 45 CHPX5AF 5 CHPX5AS 5
30 60 Outdoor D #6–1/0 CH30B100R 69 — — 1
125 22 44 Indoor X2 #6–1/0 CHP22B125X2 45 CHPX2AF 5 CHPX2AS 5
22 44 Outdoor C #6–1/0 CH22B125R 69 — — 1
30 60 Indoor X5 #6–1/0 CHP30B125X5 45 CHPX5AF 5 CHPX5AS 5
30 60 Outdoor D #6–1/0 CH30B125R 69 — —
1
CHP24B150X5 45 CHPX5BF 5 CHPX5BS 5
CSR
25 kAIC
150 24 48 Indoor X5 #2–300 kcmil
1
24 48 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24B150R 69 — —
32 64 Indoor X6 #2–300 kcmil CHP32B150X6 45 CHPX6BF 5 CHPX6BS 5 1
32 64 Outdoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B150R 69 — —
200 8 16 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH8B200RF 79 — — 1
24 48 Indoor X5 #2–300 kcmil CHP24B200X5 45 CHPX5BF 5 CHPX5BS 5
24 48 Outdoor E #2–300 kcmil CH24B200R 69 — — 1
32 64 Indoor X6 #2–300 kcmil CHP32B200X6 45 CHPX6BF 5 CHPX6BS 5

32 64 Outdoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B200R 69 — —


1
42 84 Indoor X7 #2–300 kcmil CHP42B200X7 45 CHPX7BF 5 CHPX7BS 5 1
42 84 Outdoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B200R 69 — —
60 120 Indoor X9 #2–300 kcmil CHP60B200X9 45 CHPX9BF 5 — 1
225 32 64 Outdoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B225R 69 — —
42 84 Indoor X7 #2–300 kcmil CHP42B225X7 45 CHPX7BF 5 CHPX7BS 5 1
42 84 Outdoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B225R 69 — —
60 120 Indoor X9 #2–300 kcmil CHP60B225X9 45 CHPX9BF 5 —
1
DK
10 kAIC
300 42 84 Indoor PM (2) 3/0–250 kcmil CH42PM300 CH7PMF 8 CH7PMS
1
400 42 84 Indoor PM (2) 3/0–250 kcmil CH42PM400 CH7PMF 8 CH7PMS

Notes 1
1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.
2 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-27.
3 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.
1
4 Can be top or bottom fed by rotating the enclosure and trim 180 degrees.
5 Plug-on Neutral style loadcenter.
1
6 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to See Page V1-T1-26.
7 Panel includes #2–300 kcmil feed-through lugs. 1
8 This cover is for flush applications only (not combination).
9 These styles will be replaced in 2019 with new plug-on neutral style loadcenter.
1
Box sizes Pages V1-T1-32 and V1-T1-33.
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-7


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—High Interrupting Rated Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—100 kAIC


1
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1 Main Main Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Cover
Breaker Ampere 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter 1 Catalog Number
1 Type Rating Poles Type Size for Main Breaker Catalog Number Combination 2 Surface
CHB4 100 32 Indoor L #6–1/0 CH32H100L 3 CH8LF CH8LS
1 100 kAIC 5
32 Outdoor L #6–1/0 CH32H100R 4 — —

1 CHH
100 kAIC 5
150 32 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H150L CH8LF CH8LS
32 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H150R 4 — —
1 200 32 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H200L CH8LF CH8LS
32 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH32H200R 4 — —
1 42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H200L CH8LF CH8LS
42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H200R 4 — —
1 225 42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H225L CH8LF CH8LS

1 42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H225R 4 — —

Notes
1 1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.
2 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

1 3 Loadcenter can be top or bottom fed by rotating the enclosure and trim 180 degrees.
4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to refer to Page V1-T1-26.
5 Series rated for 100 kAIC with all Types CH, CHT and CHP breakers.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-8 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters—Small Space
1
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral
Main Maximum Number Wire Size Range
1
Ampere 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure Type of Trim Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter
Rating Space Poles Type (Included) Size for Main Lugs Catalog Number 1 1
Surface Outdoor 40 2 41 Indoor Surface (no door) 5 #14–6 CH2L40SP 23
2 41 Outdoor — 5R #14–6 CH2L40RP 234
1
CH2L40FP 23
2 41 Indoor Flush (no door) 5 #14–6
1
1
Flush Outdoor 70 2 41 Indoor Surface (no door) 5 #14–2 CH2L70SP 23
1
2 41 Outdoor — 5R #14–2 CH2L70RP 234
2 41 Indoor Flush (no door) 5 #14–2 CH2L70FP 23
1
1
1
Surface (No Door) 125 2 41 Indoor Surface (no door) 6 #14–1/0 CH2L125SP 23 1
2 41 Outdoor — 6R #14–1/0 CH2L125RP 234
2 2 Outdoor — — #14–1/0 CH2L125RSE2P 456 1
2 41 Indoor Flush (no door) 6 #14–1/0 CH2L125FP 23

4 81 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–1/0 CH4L125SP 27 1


4 81 Outdoor — 7R #14–1/0 CH4L125RP 247

4 81 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 #14–1/0 CH4L125FP 27


1
Flush (No Door)
6 12 1 Outdoor — 6R #14–1/0 CH6L125R 267 1
8 16 1 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #6–1/0 CH8L125SP 27
8 16 1 Outdoor — 7R #6–1/0 CH8L125RP 267 1
8 16 1 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 #6–1/0 CH8L125FP 28
1
Outdoor
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Requires the use of Type CHT breakers.
2 Ground bar kits priced separately, see Page V1-T1-27.
1
– For 2/4 and 6/12 circuit loadcenters, use Type GBK5 or GBK520 ground bar
– For 4/8 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters, use Type GBK10 ground bar 1
– Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure for the 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters
3 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when

not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.


1
4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-26.
5 For use as service entrance applications only. 1
6 Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–2/0 AWG Cu/AI.
7 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when

not more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
1
8 Suitable for use as service equipment when a main breaker is used or when not more than six service disconnecting

mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard. 1
Box sizes Pages V1-T1-32 and V1-T1-34.
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-9


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters


1
CHP12L125X0 Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral—Factory-Installed Ground Bar
1 Main Maximum Number Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Cover
Ampere 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter Catalog Number
1 Rating Spaces Poles Type Size for Main Breaker Catalog Number Flush Surface
125 12 24 Indoor X0 #6–2/0 CHP12L125X0 1 CHPX0AF CHPX0AS
1 12 24 Outdoor B #6–2/0 CH12L125R 127 — —
16 32 Indoor X1 #6–2/0 CHP16L125X1 1 CHPX1AF CHPX1AS
1 16 32 Outdoor B #6–2/0 CH16L125R 127 — —

1 20 40 Indoor X2 #6–2/0 CHP20L125X2 1 CHPX2AF CHPX2AS


20 40 Outdoor C #6–2/0 CH20L125R 127 — —
1 24 48 Indoor X2 #6–2/0 CHP24L125X2 1 CHPX2AF CHPX2AS
24 48 Outdoor C #6–2/0 CH24L125R 127 — —
1 150 24 48 Indoor X5 #4–300 kcmil CHP24L150X5 13 CHPX5LF CHPX5LS
24 48 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH24L150R 247 — —
1 32 64 Indoor X5 #4–300 kcmil CHP32L150X5 13 CHPX5LF CHPX5LS

1 32 64 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH32L150R 247 — —


200 12 24 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH12L200R 247 — —
1 16 32 Indoor X5 #4–300 kcmil CHP16L200X5 13 CHPX5LF CHPX5LS
16 32 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH16L200R 247 — —
1 225 24 48 Indoor X5 #4–300 kcmil CHP24L225X5 13 CHPX5LF CHPX5LS
24 48 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH24L225R 247 — —
1
32 64 Indoor X5 #4–300 kcmil CHP32L225X5 13 CHPX5LF CHPX5LS

1 32 64 Outdoor D #4–300 kcmil CH32L225R 247 — —


42 84 Indoor X6 #4–300 kcmil CHP42L225X6 13 CHPX6LF CHPX6LS
1 42 84 Outdoor G #4–300 kcmil CH42L225R 247 — —
400 42 84 Indoor P (2) 1/0–300 kcmil CH42PL400 5 CH7PF 6 CH7PS
1 (1) 750 kcmil

Notes
1 1 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six disconnecting means are provided.
2 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-26.

1 3 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker.

The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down bracket kit catalog number CHPHD.
1 4 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker.

The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down bracket kit catalog number CH125RB.
5 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker.

1 The main breaker is backfed and must be a Type CHB.


The breaker cannot be a Type CH.
6 This cover is for flush application only (not combination).
1 7 These styles will be replaced in 2019 with new plug-on neutral style loadcenter.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-32 and V1-T1-34.


1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-10 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices—10/25/35 kAIC
Complete assembly consists of: loadcenter, cover, and either main breaker kit or main lug kit. 1
Indoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240 V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral—Top or Bottom Feed 1
Maximum Maximum Maximum Loadcenter Loadcenter Cover
Main Number of Number of Box and Panel Catalog Number 1 Main Breaker Kit 1
Ampere 3/4 Inch 3/4 Inch Enclosure Box Catalog kAIC Catalog kAIC Wire Catalog
Rating Spaces Poles Type Size Number 12 Combination Surface Rating Number Rating Size Number
1
125 22 44 Indoor X2 CHP22N125X2 CHPX2AF CHPX2AS #10–1/0 CHSF2125 10 #10–1/0 CH2100N 3 —
CH2125N 3 — 1
225 32 64 Indoor X6 CHP32N225X6 CHPX6NF CHPX6NS #4–300 CHPL225 25/35 5 #2–300 CSR2125N CSH2125N 4
kcmil kcmil
CSR2150N CSH2150N 4
1
CSR2175N CSH2175N 4
1
CSR2200N CSH2200N 4
CSR2225N CSH2225N 4 1
225 42 84 Indoor X7 CHP42N225X7 CHPX7NF CHPX7NS #4–300 CHPL225 25/35 5 #2–300 CSR2125N CSH2125N 4
kcmil kcmil
CSR2150N CSH2150N 4 1
CSR2175N CSH2175N 4

CSR2200N CSH2200N 4
1
CSR2225N CSH2225N 4
1
Indoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240 V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral— 1
Top or Bottom Feed—Main Lugs Installed
Maximum Maximum Maximum Loadcenter Loadcenter Cover 1
Main Number of Number of Box and Panel Catalog Number Main Breaker Kit
Ampere
Rating
3/4 Inch
Spaces
3/4 Inch
Poles
Enclosure Box
Type Size
Catalog
Number 2 Combination Surface
kAIC
Rating
Wire
Size
Catalog
Number
1
225 32 64 Indoor X6 CHP32E225X6 CHPX6NF CHPX6NS 25/35 5 #2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N 4 1
CSR2150N CSH2150N 4
CSR2175N CSH2175N 4 1
CSR2200N CSH2200N 4
CSR2225N CSH2225N 4
1
25/35 5 CSH2125N 4
225 42 84 Indoor X7 CHP42E225X7 CHPX7NF CHPX7NS #2–300 kcmil CSR2125N
1
CSR2150N CSH2150N 4
CSR2175N CSH2175N 4 1
CSR2200N CSH2200N 4
CSR2225N CSH2225N 4 1
225 60 120 Indoor X9 CHP60E225X9 CHPX9NF — 25/35 5 #2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N 4
CSR2150N CSH2150N 4
1
CSR2175N CSH2175N 4
1
CSR2200N CSH2200N 4
CSR2225N CSH2225N 4 1
Notes
1 Panel does not include main. Order main breaker or main lug kit separately. 1
2 Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.
3 Hold-down kit included.
4 35 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH, CHT and CHP branch breakers are used with CSH main.
1
5 If 35 kAIC is required, use CSH breaker.
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-11


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Outdoor—Single-Phase—Three-Wire—120/240 V—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)


1 Maximum
Main Maximum Loadcenter Box
1 Ampere
Rating
Number of
Single Poles
Box
Size
and Panel
Catalog Number 12
Main Lug Kit
Wire Size Catalog Number
Main Breaker Kit
kAIC Rating Wire Size Catalog Number

1 125 22 C CH22N125R 3 #10–1/0 CHL125N 10 #10–1/0 CH2100N 7 —


CH2125N 7 —
1 200 8 E CH8N200RF 345 #4–300 kcmil CHL225N 25/35 6 #2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N
CSR2150N CSH2150N
1 CSR2175N CSH2175N

1 CSR2200N CSH2200N
200 32 J CH32N200R 3 #4–300 kcmil CHL225N 25/35 6 #2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N 8
1 CSR2150N CSH2150N 8
CSR2175N CSH2175N 8
1 CSR2200N CSH2200N 8
225 42 K CH42N225R 3 #4–300 kcmil CHL225N 25/35 6 #2–300 kcmil CSR2125N CSH2125N 8
1 CSR2150N CSH2150N 8

1 CSR2175N CSH2175N 8
CSR2200N CSH2200N 8
1 CSR2225N CSH2225N 8

1 Notes
1 Panel does not include main. Order main breaker or main lug kit separately.
2 Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.

1 3 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-26.
4 Includes feed-through lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.

1 5 Insulated/bondable single neutral.


6 If 35 kAIC is required, use CSH breaker.
7 Hold-down kit included.
1 8 35 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH, CHT and CHP branch breakers are used with CSH main.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-12 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Three-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10 kAIC
1
CH42B3200L Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Main Main Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Cover 1
Breaker Ampere 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter12 Catalog Number
Type Rating Poles Type Size for Main Breaker Catalog Number Combination Surface 1
CC 150 30 Indoor L #1–4/0 CH30B3150L CH8LF CH8LS
10 kAIC 30 Outdoor L #1–4/0 CH30B3150R 3 — — 1
200 30 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3200L CH8LF CH8LS
30 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3200R 3 — —
1
42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42B3200L CH8LF CH8LS
42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42B3200R 3 — —
1
225 30 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3225L CH8LF CH8LS
30 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30B3225R 3 — —
1
42
42
Indoor
Outdoor
L
L
#2/0–300 kcmil
#2/0–300 kcmil
CH42B3225L
CH42B3225R 3
CH8LF

CH8LS

1
400 42 Indoor PM (2) 3/0–350 kcmil CH424PM400 CH7PMF 4 CH7PMS
1

Three-Phase—High Interrupting Rated Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—100 kAIC


1
Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1
Main
Breaker
Main
Ampere
Maximum Number
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure Box
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter
Loadcenter Cover
Catalog Number
1
Type Rating of Poles Type Size for Main Breaker Catalog Number 12 Combination Surface
CHH 200 30 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30H3200L CH8LF CH8LS
1
100 kAIC 5
30 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH30H3200R 3 — — 1
42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3200L CH8LF CH8LS
42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3200R 3 — — 1
225 42 Indoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3225L CH8LF CH8LS
42 Outdoor L #2/0–300 kcmil CH42H3225R 3 — —
1
Notes
1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.
1
2 Ground bar kits priced separately. For ground bar kits, see Page V1-T1-27.
3 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-26.
1
4 This cover for flush application only (not combination).
5 100 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types CH and CHP branch breakers are used with CHH main. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-13


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters


1
Three-Phase Four-Wire—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral (Unless Otherwise Noted)
1 Main Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter
Ampere 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Enclosure Type of Trim Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter Cover Catalog Number
1 Rating Spaces Poles Type Included Size for Main Lugs Catalog Number Combination Single
125 6 12 1 Indoor Surface, no door 7 #14–1/0 CH6L3125SP 234 — —
1 6 12 1 Outdoor — 7R #14–1/0 CH6L3125RP 2345 — —
6 12 1 Indoor Flush, no door 7 #14–1/0 CH6L3125FP 234 — —
1 12 12 Indoor — B #6–2/0 CH12L3125B 67 CH8BF CH8BS
12 12 Outdoor — B #6–2/0 CH12L3125R 567 — —
1 18 18 Indoor — C #6–2/0 CH18L3125C 67 CH8CF CH8CS
18 18 Outdoor — C #6–2/0 CH18L3125R 678 — —
1 24 24 Indoor — C #6–2/0 CH24L3125C 67 CH8CF CH8CS

1 150
24
30
24
30
Outdoor
Indoor


C
D
#6–2/0
#4–300 kcmil
CH24L3125R 678
CH30L3150D 67

CH8DF

CH8DS

1 30 30 Outdoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3150R 569 — —


225 24 24 Indoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH24L3225D 67 CH8DF CH8DS
1 24 24 Outdoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH24L3225R 569 — —
30 30 Indoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3225D 67 CH8DF CH8DS
1 30 30 Outdoor — D #4–300 kcmil CH30L3225R 569 — —
42 42 Indoor — G #4–300 kcmil CH42L3225G 89 CH8GF CH8GS
1 42 42 Outdoor — G #4–300 kcmil CH42L3225R 589 — —
400 42 42 Indoor — P (2) 1/0–300 kcmil CH424PL400 jk CH7PF l CH7PS
1 (1) 750 kcmil

Notes
1 1 Requires the use of Type CHT breakers.
2 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting means are provided or when not more than six service

1 disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
3 Ground bar kits priced separately, see Page V1-T1-27.

– Use GBK10 ground bar


1 – Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure.
4 Insulated/bondable single neutral.
5 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-26.
1 6 Ground bar Type GBK14 is installed.
7 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down

1 bracket kit catalog number Type CH125RB. Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six service disconnecting means are
provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
8 Ground bar Type GBK21 is installed.
1 9 Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and requires hold-down

kit catalog number Type CH125RB.


1 j For ground bar kits, see Page V1-T1-27.
k Suitable for use as service equipment when a circuit breaker is used as a main breaker. The main breaker is backfed and must be a Type CHB.

1 The breaker cannot be a Type CH.


l This cover for flush application only (not combination).

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-32 and V1-T1-34.


1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-14 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Spa Panels Contents
Description Page
1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2 1
CH Specialty Products
Spa Panels 1
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-16
Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18 1
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19
CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . V1-T1-22 1
CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36
1
1
1
1
1
CH Specialty Products 1

Spa Panels
1
Product Description Features 1
Eaton’s CH Spa Panels are ● Two extra circuits for
premium factory-assembled additional loads 1
“combination” units that ● Limited lifetime warranty
provide ground fault ● UL Listed 1
protection, as well as a ● Tough powder-coated
convenient way to turn spa
pumps on and off. The NEC
galvanized steel enclosure 1
requires that all pool and spa
● Factory-installed
pumps be protected by a two-pole ground fault 1
ground fault interrupter and circuit interrupter (GFCI)
a disconnect switch mounted 1
within 10 feet of the tub
or the spa.
Product Selection
1
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac Insulated/Bondable Neutral—
1
CH Spa Panel
Factory-Installed Ground Bar
Main Circuit Type Wire Size Range
1
Ampere Breaker Enclosure of Trim Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog
Rating Included Type Included Size for Main Lugs Number 1
30 CH230GFT Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH30SPAST 1

40 CH240GFT Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH40SPAST 2


1
50 CH250GFT Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH50SPAST 3
1
60 CH260GFT Outdoor — 5R #14–1/0 CH60SPAST 4

Notes 1
1 Includes a CH230GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.
2 Includes a CH240GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.
3 Includes a CH250GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.
1
4 Includes a CH260GFT breaker, factory installed, and two extra circuits for convenience.
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-15


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Surge Panel Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2
CH Specialty Products
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15
Surge Panel
1 Type CH Renovation Loadcenter. . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19
1 CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22
CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36
1
1
1
1
1
1 Surge Panel
1 Product Description Product Selection
Eaton’s Type CH Surge
1 Loadcenter includes a factory- Surge Installed Loadcenters
mounted and wired surge Loadcenter Cover
suppressor device. There is Catalog Number
1 a knockout in the cover that
Ampere
Rating Type
Number
of Circuits
Loadcenter
Catalog Number Combination Surface
allows the user to view the
1 status indication lights on
225 Convertible 42 CHSUR42N225L 1 CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS

the surge suppressor. The 225 Convertible 2 42 CHSUR42L225L2 1 CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS


1 CH Surge Loadcenter reduces 200 Main breaker 42 CHSUR42B200L2 1 CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS
the surge current, helping 225 Convertible 32 CHSUR32N225K 1 CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS
1 protect sensitive home
electronic equipment. 225 Convertible 2 32 CHSUR32L225K 1 CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS
200 Main breaker 32 CHSUR32B200K 1 CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS
1 Save labor by installing a
factory-mounted surge 150 Main breaker 32 CHSUR32B150K 1 CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS

1 protective device. 100 Main breaker 32 CHSUR32B100K 1 CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS


125 Convertible 2 24 CHSUR24L125E 1 CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES
Factory-Installed
1 Surge Protection 100 Main breaker 24 CHSUR24B100E 1 CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES
● Includes a CHSPT2ULTRA 200 Convertible 40/40 BRSUR4040N200 Cover included
1 and a two-pole 50 A 200 Main lug 40/40 BRSUR4040L200 Cover included
circuit breaker
1 ● Increases the
200 Main breaker 40/40 BRSUR4040B200 Cover included
200 Convertible 30/40 BRSUR3040N200 Cover included
effectiveness of
1 surge protection due 200 Main lug 30/40 BRSUR3040L200 Cover included
to reduced lead length 200 Main breaker 30/40 BRSUR3040B200 Cover included
1 ● A modified deadfront
Notes
allows for easy viewing
1 Order cover separately.
1 of indicating lights 2 With main lugs installed.

Surge Ready
1 ● Provides a mounting
provision for
1 CHSPT2ULTRA
● A modified deadfront
1 allows for easy viewing
of indicating lights
1
1

V1-T1-16 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Surge Ready Loadcenters (provision only, CHSPT2ULTRA and breaker not included)
Ampere Number Loadcenter Loadcenter Cover Catalog Number
1
Rating Type of Circuits Catalog Number 1 Combination Surface
225 Convertible 42 CHEC42N225L CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS
1
225 Convertible 2 42 CHEC42L225L CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS 1
200 Main breaker 42 CHEC42B200L CHSUR8LF CHSUR8LS
225 Convertible 2 32 CHEC32L225K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS 1
225 Convertible 32 CHEC32N225K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS
225 Convertible 32 CHEC32N225R 3 — —
1
200 Main breaker 32 CHEC32B200K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS
1
150 Main breaker 32 CHEC32B150K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS
100 Main breaker 32 CHEC32B100K CHSUR8KF CHSUR8KS 1
125 Convertible 2 24 CHEC24L125E CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES
100 Main breaker 24 CHEC24B100E CHSUR8EF CHSUR8ES 1
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Ratings
● Loadcenter 1
● 25 kAIC main breaker, main lug only, and convertible main breaker/main lug
● Factory installed or provision for field-installed surge suppressor 1
● Top or bottom feed
1
● Surge protective device (CHSPT2ULTRA)
● Nominal discharge current: 20 kA (In) 1
● Surge current capacity per phase: 108 kA
● Warranty: $75,000 connected equipment 4 1
● For further product ratings, see Volume 1, Tab 2.1 Surge Protection
1
Notes
1 Order cover separately. 1
2 With main lugs installed.
3 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-26. 1
4 For warranty details, visit www.eaton.com/surgetrap.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-17


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Renovation Panel Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2
CH Specialty Products
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15
Surge Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-16
1 Type CH Renovation Loadcenter
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19
1 CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22
CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36
1
1
1
1
1
1 Type CH Renovation
Loadcenter
1
Product Description Product Selection
1 Eaton’s Renovation
Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters 25 kAIC 1
Loadcenter is designed
1 for the service contractor.
With the addition of a five- Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Stacked Split Neutral
circuit terminal block factory Wire Size Cover Catalog
1 mounted in the top left corner Max. Range Number 2
Number Cu/Al
of the loadcenter, the service
1 contractor can terminate
Main
Breaker
Main
Ampere
3/4-Inch
(19.1 mm) Enclosure Box
60 °C or 70 °C
for Main
Loadcenter
Catalog
short-circuit wires instead of Type Rating of Poles Type Size Breakers Number Combination Surface
1 having to use expensive wire
CH 100 20 Indoor C #6–1/0 CH22B100CRN CH8CFF CH8CS
nuts. Also, the Renovation
CSR 150 32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B150JRN CH8JF CH8JS
1 Loadcenter incorporates a
twin-stacked neutral design CSR 200 32 Indoor J #2–300 kcmil CH32B200JRN CH8J CH8JS
that places the neutral and
1 ground terminations higher in
CSR 200 42 Indoor K #2–300 kcmil CH42B200KRN CH8KF CH8KS

the loadcenter. Both of these


1 features were added without
Branch Circuit Breakers (CH)
increasing any size from a
See Pages V1-T1-2–V1-T1-14.
1 standard loadcenter. These
features will eliminate the
need for wire nuts and make Renovation Loadcenter
1 for a much neater installation. Description Catalog Number
There is a provision to field
1 mount a second five-circuit
Five-circuit terminal block kit
Ground bar kits (two maximum per panel)
RN5TB
(See Page V1-T1-27)
terminal block (RN5TB) in
1 the top right corner of the Notes
1 100 A main breaker is rated 10 kAIC.
loadcenter. Choose amongst
1 Eaton’s Type CH breaker
family for use in the
2 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment. Loadcenters
Renovation Panel. are factory-bonded for service entrance applications. Remove bonding strap for separate neutral
1 and ground bars for sub-feed applications.

1
1
1
1

V1-T1-18 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Type CH Retrofit Interior Contents
Description Page
1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2 1
CH Specialty Products
Spa Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15 1
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-16
Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18 1
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits
CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . V1-T1-22 1
CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36
1
1
Type CH Retrofit Type CH Retrofit Interior Collar
Adjustable Interior and Assembly with Trim
1
1
1
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits 1
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 1
Eaton’s unique Retrofit The Retrofit Interior is Upgrading Existing Electrical Meets 2017 NEC wire
Interior allows the customer designed and tested Infrastructure Is Simple bending requirements. 1
to cost-effectively and safely specifically for renovating ● Replaces vintage brands
upgrade an electrical service an outdated electrical panel in
without removing the existing an apartment, a condominium
that have hard to find,
expensive replacement
1
enclosure from the wall. or a single family home. breakers
These outdated panels are ● Safely upgrade to arc fault
1
being recognized by local and ground fault breakers
inspectors and other to meet current electrical 1
authorities as a possible codes
hazard. ● Maximizes number of 1
Opportunities to Retrofit circuits available with
● Single- or three-phase
compact design 1
● Eco-friendly in asbestos-
Main lug only or main

breaker
filled environments 1
● Exclusive design
● Up to 42 circuits
● Up to 225 A interiors,
1
Save Time and Money
400 A available upon Throughout the Installation
request ● Uses existing panel
1
● Available with CH breakers box and wires
(3/4-inch) with copper bus ● Eliminates expensive and
1
or BR breakers (1-inch) with time-consuming drywall/
aluminum bus paint repair 1
● The minimum lifetime ● Saves 2–3 hours of
warranty for residential installation time compared 1
breakers shall be as to a complete panel
follows: changeout 1
● Limited lifetime ● Eliminates precise
warranty on all CH
branch breakers and
measurements with field- 1
adjustable kit
loadcenters
● Refer to Eaton for
1
complete warranty
details 1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-19


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

CH Specialty Product Selection


1 To select the retrofit kit:

1 1. From the existing box How to Order:


size determine which 1. Measure the existing Need assistance or can’t find
1 retrofit groups are panel enclosure to retrofit to fit existing
suitable (may be more determine appropriate enclosure?
than one). kits for your project.
1 Phone:
2. Use type of interior, 2. Match the existing 800-330-6479
1 number of phases, and
type of main to find the
dimensions with the
E-mail:
table below to obtain the
selection chart. [email protected]
1 correct catalog number.
3. Select part number from 3. Order your retrofit kit Locate an Eaton Certified
1 chart (if main breaker, from a local Eaton Contractor at
replace XXX with specific authorized distributor. EatonCertified.com
amp rating).
1
Retrofit Interior Kit Specifications
1
Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)

1 Catalog
Number 1 Cover 2
Minimum
Depth
Maximum
Depth
Minimum
Width
Minimum
Height Phase Main Bus Amperes 3
Spaces /
Circuits
UL 67
Listed

1 CH Retrofit Interiors and Covers


RWCH6L125N CRWCH6ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 4.13 (104.9) 7.00 (177.8) 10.00 (254.0) Single MLO CH 125 6 No
1 RSCH10B125N CRWCH12ML**** 3.50 (88.9) 4.50 (114.3) 8.50 (215.9) 16.50 (419.1) Single MCB CH 125 10 No
RSCH12L125N CRWCH12ML**** 3.50 (88.9) 4.50 (114.3) 8.50 (215.9) 16.50 (419.1) Single MLO CH 125 12 No
1 RACH22B125_ CRACH24ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 4.25 (108.0) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MCB CH 125 22 No
RACH24L125_ CRACH24ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 4.25 (108.0) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MLO CH 125 24 No
1 RBCH24B200_ CRBCH24CS**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 29.00 (736.6) Single MCB CH 200 24 No

1 RBCH32L200_ CRBCH32ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 29.00 (736.6) Single MLO CH 200 32 No
RCCH32B200_ CRBCH32CS**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 34.00 (863.6) Single MCB CH 200 32 No
1
Complete Assembly
1 Note: For complete assembly, interior and cover need to be ordered separately.

1 Adjustable Interior Standard Trim and Collar Notes


1 Catalog numbers shown with “_” at the
● Factory installed ground ● Standard trim matches
1 and neutral bars positioned new interior
end need one of the following suffixes to
denote depth:
to accept existing wires ● New circuit directory for J = 3.75–4.25
1 ● Field adjustable depth updated labeling
K = 4.25–5.00
L = 5.00–6.00
matches existing panel box ● Oversized collar eliminates Example: RBCH24B200J would signify an
1 ● Adjustable height enables expensive wall/paint repair interior set with a depth range of 3.75 to
optional placement of the 4.25 inches.
1 interior
2 ****Denotes characters in the catalog

number that relate to overall cover size.


● Field bondable for service Example: CRWCH6ML2620 would signify
1 entrance options a cover 26.00 inches H x 20.00 inches W,
or CRBCH24CS3324 would be 33.00
inches H x 24.00 inches W.
1 3 Amperes for MB panels is maximum;

catalog number will reflect actual


1 amperage of breaker included.
For UL applications, maximum cover sizes
may apply.
1
Adjustable Interior
1
1 Collar and Assembly with Trim

1
1

V1-T1-20 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Non-Metallic Loadcenter
1
Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters, Non-Metallic
1
2460SNM Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Neutral
Maximum Number Wire Size Range 1
Main 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter
Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Trim Type Size for Main Lugs Catalog Number 1
2
40 1 2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 2 TT120FLGNM 23
2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 2 TT120SLGNM 23 1
60 2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 2 #14–2 2460FNM
2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 2 2460SNM 1
2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 2 2460FGNM 3
2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 2 2460SGNM 3 1
2 4 Outdoor — — 2460RNM-A2
1
Notes
1 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
2 This device has no main lugs. A Type BR or BD breaker is required to be backfed to supply power to branch breakers. This device is single-phase 120 Vac only.
1
With the use of three Type BR breakers, there are two branch circuits available. With the use of three Type BD breakers, there are five branch circuits available.
3 Includes GB4NM ground bar. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-21


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Options and Accessories—Mechanical Interlocks Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2
CH Specialty Products
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-16
1 Type CH Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-18
Type CH Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-19
1 CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-29
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-32
CH Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-36
1
1
1
1
1 CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories
1 Product Selection
Plug-on Neutral Installation and Parts
1 Ordering Catalog
Description Quantity 1 Number
1 Bonding kit for bonding the neutral bus to the loadcenter 1 BONDKITP

1 Cover replacement latch—indoor loadcenters (brown) 1 LATCHPS


Cover replacement latch—indoor loadcenters (white) 1 LATCHPW
1 Door replacement latch—outdoor loadcenters 1 CH3RLATCH
Replacement main lugs for 200 A/225 A MLO or convertible panels (#1-300 kcmil) 1 CHPL225
1 Incoming 2/0 neutral lug 1 NLP20
Incoming 300 kcmil neutral lug 1 NLP300
1 Screws used to mount loadcenter cover 25 LCCS

1 Screws used to mount loadcenter cover (white) 25 LCCSW


Spray paint—12 oz can (white) 1 SPCWH
1 Series rating caution label 25 SRL
Circuit directory (2) 42 Ckt cards, (2) adhesive plastic sleeves 12 CKTDIR
1 Circuit directory—adhesive backed 10 TCD

1 Keyed door lock for loadcenter trim door 1 TDL


Terminal insulator kit—Type CSR, CSH, BW, BWH mains 10 TICSR300

1 Terminal insulator kit—Type CH, BR, BRH, BRHH, BRX mains 10 TIMCB3/0
5 circuit terminal block for renovation 1 RN5TB
1 Retaining bracket for backfed main breaker—CH 1 CHPHD
Mechanical interlock kit for CH loadcenters with backfed main breaker 1 CHPMIKCH
1 Mechanical interlock kit for CH loadcenters with Type CSR main breaker 1 CHPMIKCSR

1 3/4-inch Filler Plates for Branch Breakers Slot in CH Loadcenter 25 CHFP


Multipack—3/4-inch filler plates for branch breakers slot in CH loadcenter (5 pieces) 1 CHFPP
1 Blank dead front directory marking strip 10 CHMS
CSR main breaker filler plate (sandalwood) 1 CSRFPS
1 Spray paint—12 oz can (sandalwood) 1 SPCSW

1 Note
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

V1-T1-22 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
CHSF2125 Legacy Field Installation and Parts
Ordering Catalog
1
Description Quantity 1 Number
Sub-feed lug blocks—two-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed 1 CHSF2125 2
1
Sub-feed lug blocks—three-pole, 125 A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed 1 CHSF3125
1
Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug 1 NL20
CHSF3125 1 NL30 1
1 NL300
Filler plates—3/4-inch (19.1 mm) space circuit breaker space 25 CHFP 1
CSR main circuit breaker filler plate (with hardware) 1 CSRFP
Door lock—12–42 circuits, and 100–225 A 1 TDL
1
CHFP
Sandalwood spray paint 1 SPCSW
1
ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for outdoor loadcenters 1 SPC61
Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits) 1 BINA 1
Circuit directory—adhesive backed 10 TCD
Cover screws 25 LCCS 1
TDL Cover replacement latch 14-5/16 inch (363.55 mm) wide loadcenters only 1 CHRLS
Circuit marking strip (next to breakers) 10 CHMS
1
Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels next to breakers) 25 CHBL 1
Series rated caution label 25 SRL
Branch circuit numbering strip 20 CHNS 1
BINA Bonding strap with screw 1 BSSUSE
CH plug-on neutral ground bonding strap 1 BSCHPON
1
1
1
Main Breaker Kits Main Breaker Kits 1
Catalog Number Breaker
Maximum Main
Ampere Rating 25 kAIC 35 kAIC Ampere Rating Lug Size Catalog Number 1
100 #2–300 kcmil CSR2100
100 CSR2100N CSH2100N 1
150 CSR2150N CSH2150N 150 #2–300 kcmil CSR2150N

200 CSR2200N CSH2200N 200 #2–300 kcmil CSR2200N 1


225 CSR2225N CSH2225N 225 #2–300 kcmil CSR2225N
1
Main Lug Kits
Maximum Main Ampere Rating Catalog Number 1
125 CHL125N
225 CHL225N
1
Notes 1
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 CHSF2125 is also used as 125 A main lug kit for convertible loadcenters.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-23


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Mechanical Interlock Covers


1 Covers mechanically interlock two breakers. Type A covers interlock two CH breakers mounted
across from one another. Type B covers interlock a main Type CSR breaker with a Type CH.
1
Mechanical Interlocks
1 Fits Loadcenter Mechanical Interlock Trim/Deadfront Catalog Numbers
Type Catalog Numbers Flush Surface
1 CH8BRM Type A A CH12L125B CH8BFM CH8BSM
CH16L125B
1 CH12L3125B

1 CH14B100B
CH20L125C CH8CFM CH8CSM
1 CH24L125C
CH18L3125C
1 CH24L3125C
CH22B100C
1 CH22N100C
CH24L150D CH8DFM CH8DSM
1 CH32L150D
CH24L3225D
1 CH30L3150D

1 CH42L225G CH8GFM CH8GSM


CH42L3225G
1 Inner cover of Box B raintight — CH8BRM
Inner cover of Box C raintight — CH8CRM
1 Indoor
CH8EFM Type B B CH24B150E CH8EFM CH8ESM
1 CH24B200E
CH24BPN200E
1 CH32B150J CH8JFM CH8JSM
CH32B200J
1 CH3242B200J
CH32BPN200J
1 CH32N200J

1 CH32B225J
CH42B200K CH8KFM CH8KSM
1 CH42N200K
CH42BPN200K
1 CH42B225K
CH60BPN200N CH8NFM —
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-24 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
CH8EFM Type B Mechanical Interlocks, continued
Fits Loadcenter Mechanical Interlock Trim/Deadfront Catalog Numbers
1
Type Catalog Numbers Flush Surface
Outdoor
1
B CH8B150RF CH3RDF7M —
CH8B200RF
1
CH8N200RF
1
CH12B200RF
CH24B150R 1
CH24B200R
CH32B150R CH3RDF9M — 1
CH32B200R
CH32N200R 1
CH32B225R
CH42B200R CH3RDF10M —
1
CH42N200R
CH42B225R
1
Next Generation Power Center
1
B CHPC32B150L CHPC8B32LFM —
CHPC32B200L 1
CHPC32N200L
CHPC42B150L CHPC8B42LFM — 1
CHPC42B200L
CHPC42N200L 1
CHPC32B125TR CH3RDF15M —
CHPC32B150TR 1
CHPC32B200TR
CHPC32N200TR
1
CHPC42B150TR CH3RDF16M —
CHPC42B200TR
1
CHPC42N200TR
1
CHPC32B150TR CH3RDF17M —
CHPC32B200TR 1
CHPC42B200BR CH3RDF18M —
Vintage 1 1
CH20JJM200 CH7JJFREPLM —
CH24JJM150 1
CH30JJM150
CH30JJM200
1
CH30JJM150H
CH3040JJMM200
1
CH304JJM150
1
CH304JJM200
CH304JJM200H 1
CH30KKM225 CH7KKFREPLM —
CH40KKM200H 1
CH40KKM225
CH40KKM200H 1
CH40KKM225H
CH304KKM200 1
CH304KKM200H
CH304LLM225 CH7LLFREPLM —
1
CH424LLM225H
Note
1
1 If vintage part number does not match exactly, the cover may not fit. Simple variations such as an “N” at the end of

the part number contain minor design variations that will prevent our cover from working with that particular loadcenter. 1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-25


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

PON Rainproof Conduit Hub


1
DS100H1 Field Installation Rainproof Conduit Hubs
1 Conduit Size Ordering Catalog
Description Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Number
1 Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures 0.75 (19.1) 1 DS075H1
1.00 (25.4) 1 DS100H1
1 1.25 (31.8) 1 DS125H1

1 1.50 (38.1) 1 DS150H1


2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H1
1 Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures 2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H2
2.50 (63.5) 1 DS250H2
1 3.00 (76.2) 1 DS300H2

1 Adapter kit—allows installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs — 1 DS900AP
Group 1—small blank hub closure plate — 1 DS900CP1
1 Group 2 —large blank hub closure plate — 1 DS900CP2

Note
1 1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-26 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
GBKP14 Plug-on Neutral Ground Bar Kits
Length Ordering
1
Description (See Legend) Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Catalog Number
dsssssdsssss 4.05 1 GBKP10 2
1
dsssssdsssss GBKP1020 2
5.05 1
1
dsssssdsssssj 4.05 1 GBKP10P 23
dsssssdsssssssss 5.39 1 GBKP14 2 1
dsssssdsssssssssj 6.39 1 GBKP1420 2
dsssssdsssssssss 5.39 1 GBKP14P 23 1
dsssssdssssssssssssssss 7.72 1 GBKP21 2
dsssssdssssssssssssssssj 8.72 1 GBKP2120 2
1
dsssssdssssssssssssssss 7.72 1 GBKP21P 23
1
dsssssd 2.39 1 GBKP5 2
dsssssdj 3.39 1 GBKP520 2 1
dsssssd 2.39 1 GBKP5P 23

Ground Bar Legend


1
s = (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al
j = (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al 1
d = Mounting hole
1
GBK14 Legacy Ground Bar Kits 1
Length Ordering
Description (See Legend) Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Catalog Number 1
dssssds 2.54 (64.5) 1 GBK5 4
dssssdsj 3.59 (91.2) 1 GBK520 4
1
dssssdssssss GBK10 4
4.29 (109.0) 1
1
dssssdssssssj 5.34 (135.6) 1 GBK1020 4
5.69 (144.5) 1 GBK14 4 1
dssssdssssssssss 6.74 (171.2) 1 GBK1420 4
dssssdssssssssssj 8.14 (206.8) 1 GBK21 4 1
dssssdsssssssssssssssss 9.19 (233.4) 1 GBK2120 4
1
Ground Bar Legend
s = (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al
j = (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al
1
= (1) 1/0–14 or (3) #10–12 Cu/Al
= (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al 1
d = Mounting hole
Notes
1
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Distance between mounting holes is 2 inches (50.8 mm). 1
3 Individually packaged.
4 Distance between mounting holes is 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm). 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-27


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Legacy Grounded “B” Phase Adapters Loadcenter Goof Collars


1 Maximum Three-Phase Loadcenter Kit Catalog Don’t let an ugly drywall problem ruin a beautiful
Amperes Types of Panels Number 1 electrical installation.
1 125 12–32 circuit main lug CHGRD1 Eaton’s Goof Collar is designed to cover gaps between the
finished drywall and loadcenter enclosure. This is often
1 225 Main lug and CHH main breaker panels CHGRD2
necessary when upgrading the electrical service and the drywall
CC main CB panels CHGRD3
surrounding the panel is damaged. The collar allows 2 inches of
1 overhang beyond the standard flush trim.
Legacy Neutral Bar Accessories
1 Catalog
Description Number 1

1 Replacement neutral for all B and C type boxes CHN125C

SCOTT
Replacement neutral for all D type boxes CHN125D
1 Replacement neutral for all E, G, J, K and L type boxes CHN225L

1 Isolated Neutral Assembly (computer circuits) BINA


HAS
1 PHOTO
1
Before After
1
CH Goof Collars
1 Inches (mm) Catalog Number
Height Width Loadcenter Cover Goof Collar
1
21.00 (533.4) 19.00 (482.6) CH8BF CH8BFC1921

1 26.00 (660.4) 19.00 (482.6) CH8CF CH8CFC1926


34.00 (863.6) 19.00 (482.6) CH8DF CH8DFC1934
1 CH8EF
CHSUR8EF
1 39.00 (990.6) 19.00 (482.6) CH8GF CH8JFC1939

1 CH8JF
42.00 (1066.8) 19.00 (482.6) CH8KF CH8KFC1942
1 CHSUR8KF
44.00 (1117.6) 19.00 (482.6) CH8LF CH8LFC1944
1 CHSUR8LF

1 Note
1 Cannot be used in Safety Breaker Panels. Classic Plus Panels only.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-28 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
General Ratings Construction Wiring/Termination
A. The Contractor shall
furnish and install
A. Loadcenters shall be
rated for 240 Vac and
A. All interiors, with the
exception of the branch
A. All wire connectors and
terminals shall be of the
1
loadcenters incorporating shall have short-circuit circuit breakers shall be anti-turn solderless type
circuit breakers of the ratings as shown on the completely factory and suitable for copper 1
number, rating and type drawings or as herein assembled with main or aluminum wire of the
as specified herein and scheduled, but not less breakers, main lugs or sizes indicated. All 1
as shown on the than 10,000 amperes no main device. connectors shall meet
contract drawings. rms symmetrical.
B. Interiors shall be so
the “Requirements 1
for Wire Connectors
B. The loadcenter and all B. Breakers shall be full designed that circuit and Soldering Lugs”
components shall be size and a minimum of breakers can be replaced UL 486B.
1
designed, manufactured 125 A frame. Breakers without disturbing
and tested in accordance 10 –125 A trip size shall adjacent units and B. All loadcenters where 1
with the latest applicable take up the same pole without removing the marked shall be suitable
standards of UL and
NEMA including:
spacing. main bus connectors and
shall be so designed that
for use with 60/75 °C
rated wire.
1
C. Loadcenters shall be circuits may be changed
1. UL 67—standards for labeled with a UL short- without machining, 1
panelboards circuit rating. When drilling or tapping.
2. UL 50—standards for
series ratings are applied
with integral or remote C. Physical means must
1
cabinets and boxes devices, a label shall be be provided to prevent
3. UL 489—standards for provided. Series ratings the installation of more 1
molded case circuit shall cover all trip ratings overcurrent devices than
breakers of installed frames. It that number for which 1
shall state the conditions the enclosure was
4. Federal Spec of the UL series ratings designed. Full size 1
Classification W-C 375 including: breakers are required.
5. UL 1699—all fault 1. Size and type of Bus 1
interrupting upstream device. A. Busbars for the main and
Qualifications 2. Branch devices that
cross connectors shall be 1
of silver flash plated
A. The manufacturer of the can be used.
loadcenter shall be the
copper construction in
accordance with UL
1
manufacturer of the 3. UL series short-circuit
standards. Bussing shall
circuit breaker within the rating.
be braced to 65 kAIC. 1
load center. All breakers
shall be full size. B. Neutral bussing shall 1
have a suitable lug for
B. For the equipment
each outgoing feeder
specified herein, the
requiring a neutral
1
manufacturer shall be
connection of same
ISO® 9000 certified.
ampacity as branch. 1
C. The manufacturer of
this equipment shall have 1
produced similar
electrical equipment 1
for a minimum period
of seven (7) years.
1
Manufacturers
A. Eaton 1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-29


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers Enclosures Finish


1 A. Circuit breakers shall G. All terminals shall be A. Loadcenters shall have A. Boxes and trims shall
be molded case type, listed for use with copper NEMA 1 general purpose be finished with a
1 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) wide or aluminum conductors. or NEMA 3R rainproof high scratch-resistant
per pole. Multipole circuit Terminals shall be of the enclosures as indicated aesthetically pleasing
1 breakers shall be of a
stack pole design to
box lug design. The
terminals shall meet
on the drawings and
shall be surface or flush
finish. The finish shall
be polyurethane coating
provide electrical phase UL 486B requirements mounted except where electrostatically applied
1 isolation and have an and shall be suitable for noted. to a thickness of 1.8 to
internal common trip. use with either 60 °C or 2 mils.
1 B. Each pole of the circuit
75 °C wire. B. For indoor applications,
enclosures shall be rated All loadcenters shall be
breaker will have inverse H. Breakers shall be SWD NEMA 1. Enclosures provided with provisions for
1 time delay overload and rated and/or HACR rated shall be manufactured accepting a paintable or wall
instantaneous short- as required. from cold-rolled code- paperable decorator accessory
1 circuit protection by gauge sheet steel having cover. Where loadcenters are
means of both thermal I. Arc fault interrupting multiple knockouts installed in living areas, provide
circuit breakers, (AFC),
1 and magnetic sensors.
shall be provided on all
and painted per paint manufacturer designed and
Circuit breakers shall be specification. For outdoor tested decorator cover kits.
15 and 20 A single-phase
1 quick-make/quick-break.
120/240 Vac circuits
applications, enclosures
shall be rated NEMA 3R.
C. The circuit breaker except those indicated as Enclosures shall be
1 calibration shall not be remote controlled manufactured from
affected by environmental breakers. AFI breakers galvanized steel which
1 changes in relative
humidity. Breakers
shall be “Classified for
mitigating the effects of
shall be painted per the
painted as specified.
shall be calibrated arcing faults,” or
1 after assembly. conforming to UL
Enclosures shall be of
sufficient size to meet
Standard 1699 and as or exceed NEC wire
1 D. All circuit breakers shall defined by per Article bending space.
be operated by a toggle- 210.12 Section A of the
type handle and multipole
1 circuit breakers shall have
NEC Code. C. The cover shall have an
easy adjustment feature
an internal common trip
1 mechanism. The circuit
for flush applications.
breakers shall incorporate D. Boxes shall be factory
1 trip mechanisms that are assembled into a single
mechanically trip-free rigid structure.
1 from the handle. The
handle position shall E. Provide circuit breaker
provide good visual marking labels and
1 trip indication. directories.

1 E. Contacts shall be of non-


welding silver alloy.
1 F. All branch breaker
handles shall be of a
1 different color than the
case of the breaker.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-30 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
CH Loadcenters
Description
1
Service
1
Single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 Vac Three-phase, four-wire, 208Y/120 Vac
Three-phase, three-wire, 240 V corner grounded delta Three-phase, three-wire, 240 Vac delta
1
Short-Circuit Current Rating
10 kAIC: All single- and three-phase loadcenters 40–400 A, 2–42 circuits except when
series ratings are applied
35 kAIC available on convertible units using CSH main breaker 1
42 and 100 kAIC are available on some styles: single-phase and three-phase 1
25 kAIC: All factory-installed main breakers single-phase loadcenters rated 150–225 A
using Type CSR main breakers 1
Main Breaker/Main Lug Loadcenters
Single-phase Three-phase
1
Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400 A Main breaker: 150, 200, 225, 300, 400 A
Main lugs: 40, 70, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400 A Main lugs: 125, 150, 200, 225, 400 A
1
Convertible Loadcenters
Main breaker or main lugs: single-phase up to 225 A
1
Branch Breakers
1
Type CH: 10–150 A. Single-, two- and three-pole. Selected amperages available in shunt Type CH-AFCI arc fault circuit interrupter
trip, HACR and switching duty
Ground fault circuit interruptors: 15–60 A
Type CHP: 10–125 A. Single-, two- and three-pole. three-position commercial trip
Selected amperages available in HACR switching duty
1
Type CH-HID: 15–30 A. Single-, two- and three-pole Type CHP-HID: 15–30 A. Single-, two- and three-pole
CH-HM high magnetic Type CHP-GFCI: 15–30 A. Single-pole ground fault breakers
1
CH-M50 high ambient
Enclosures 1
NEMA® Type 1 indoor NEMA Type 3R outdoor
Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories
1
Branch circuit breaker:
Auxiliary components
Complete line of ground bar kits 5, 10, 14 and 21 circuits, some with additional #2/0 lugs
Each terminal will accommodate: (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al
1
Hold-down kits Sub-feed lugs 125, 150 A—two- and three-pole
Handle ties Shunt trips 1
Lockoffs Universal rainproof conduit hubs Group One: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 inches (19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8 mm)
Lockdogs
Group Two: 2, 2-1/2, 3 inches (50.8, 63.5, 76.2 mm) 1
Adapter plate
Bussing 1
Silver flash plated copper bus is a standard feature
1
CH Series Ratings
Meter Module Tenant Feeder Breaker Type
1
Main Module Overcurrent Device System AIC Rating 1MM, 3MM, 35MM, 37MM, 35SS, 37SS or Tennant Feeder Breaker Loadcenter Branch Breaker
Breaker Type or Class Fuse 120/240 Vac Maximum Loadcenter Main Breaker Short-Circuit Rating (Single-, Two- or Three-Pole) 1
None 10,000 None N/A CH, CHT, CHFCAF, CHF, CHGF
Without Main Disconnect 10,000 BR, CC, BW, CCV 10,000 —
1
Cable Tap Box
22,000 BRH 22,000 CH, CHGF
1
Type 1MTB, 3MTB 25,000 CSR 25,000 CH, CHT, CHFCAF, CHF, CHGF

Main Switch Module 25,000 CCVH 25,000 CH 1


Type 1MFS, 3MFS and 1BPS, 3BPS 25,000 BWH 25,000 CH, CHT, CHFCAF, CHGF

Main Breaker Module 42,000 BRHH 42,000 CH, CHGF 1


Type 1MCB, 3MCB 65,000 CV 65,000 —
65,000 BRX 65,000 CH, CHT, CHFCAF, CHGF
1
None 100,000 Class T Fuse 200 maximum 100,00 CH, CHT, CH3, CHGF, CHCAF 1
Main Switch Module 65,000 Class J Fuse 200 maximum 100,00 —
Type 1MFS, 3MFS
with Class T Fuse 100,000 BRHH 42,000 CH, CH3 1
1200 A Max

Note
1
1 For 100 kAIC systems the main needs to be rated to 100 kAIC.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-31


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Dimensions
1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1 Residential/Commercial/Unit Enclosure—Box Sizes Legacy CH Residential Loadcenters


Note: Box sizes do not include covers/fronts. Box Size Height Width Depth
1 NEMA Type 1 Indoor
CH Plug-on Neutral Residential Loadcenters
1 Box Size Height Width Depth
5 9.50 (241.3) 4.50 (114.3) 3.13 (79.4)
6 11.38 (288.9) 6.88 (174.6) 3.39 (86.1)
NEMA Type 1 Indoor
1 7 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.69 (93.7)
X0 16.75 (425.5) 14.30 (363.2) 3.13 (79.4)
B 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
1 X1 18.75 (476.3) 14.30 (363.2) 3.39 (86.1)
C 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
X2 21.00 (533.4) 14.30 (363.2) 3.69 (93.7)
D 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
1 X3 23.00 (584.2) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
E 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
X4 27.00 (685.8) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
1 X5 29.13 (739.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
G 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
J 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
1 X6 34.13 (866.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
K 37.00 (939.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
X7 37.00 (939.8) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
L 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
1 X8 39.00 (990.6) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
N 45.00 (1143.0) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
X9 45.00 (1143.0) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
1 X10 48.38 (1228.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.88 (98.4)
NEMA Type 3R Outdoor
5R 9.50 (241.3) 4.50 (114.3) 3.13 (79.4)
1 6R 11.75 (298.5) 6.50 (165.1) 4.50 (114.3)
7R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.69 (93.7)
1 B 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
C 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 D 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

1 E 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)


G 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 J 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
K 37.00 (939.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 L 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)

1
Legacy Commercial Loadcenters
1 Box Size Height Width Depth

1 NEMA Type 1 Indoor


P 54.38 (1381.1) 21.00 (533.4) 6.00 (152.4)
1 PM 62.63 (1590.7) 21.00 (533.4) 6.00 (152.4)

1
Types ECB and ECC Unit Enclosures
1 Height Width Depth
NEMA Type 1 Indoor
1 23.25 (590.6) 8.88 (225.4) 4.50 (114.3)

1 NEMA Type 3R Outdoor


23.69 (601.7) 9.31 (236.5) 5.44 (138.1)
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-32 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Plug-on Neutral Loadcenter
Box Sizes for X1–X9 1
Box Size Height Width Depth
1
X1 18.90 (480.1) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
X2 21.10 (535.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) 1
X3 23.10 (586.7) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
X4 27.10 (688.3) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) 1
X5 29.20 (741.7) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
X6 34.20 (868.7) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1
X7 37.10 (942.3) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1
X8 39.10 (993.1) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
X9 45.10 (1145.5) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) 1
Knockout Positions 1
D
D
D
1
1
H
H
H 1
1
1
Canada Case W USA Case
with extra KOs Canada Case W USA Case Canada Case W USA Case
on the side with extra KOs with extra KOs
on the side on the side

X1 X2 X3 1
D
D
D
1
1
H H
H
1
1
1
Canada Case W USA Case W

1
with extra KOs Canada Case USA Case
Canada Case W USA Case with extra KOs
on the side with extra KOs on the side
on the side

X4 X5 X6
1
D D D

1
1
1
H H H

1
1
1
Canada Case W USA Case
Canada Case
with extra KOs
on the side
W USA Case Canada Case
with extra KOs
on the side
W
USA Case
with extra KOs
on the side

1
X7 X8 X9 1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-33


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


1
Residential Loadcenter Knockout Residential and Commercial Loadcenter Knockout
1 Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Residential NEMA Type 1 indoor and NEMA Type 3R outdoor
Outdoor Enclosures. enclosures.
1
Knockouts for Box Sizes 5, 6, 7, 5R, 6R, 7R Knockouts for Box Sizes 8, 8R, P, PM, B, C, D, E, G, J, K, L, N
1 Code Diameter and Outdoor Boxes 12–60 Circuits
Code Diameter
A 0.50 (12.7) — — —
1 B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —
a 0.75 (19.1) — — — —
b 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — — —
1 C 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) —
c 0.50 (12.7) — — — —
D 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8)
1 E 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) —
d 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)

F 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) e 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) —
1 G 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) — f 0.75 (19.1) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) —
g 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) — —
H 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)
1 I 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) — h 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) — —
i 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1)
1 j 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) — —
Knockout Positions
1 k 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) — —
m 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)
A
1 F
A
Hub
n 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) —

D A p 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) — — —


1 A

1 D D D D D D
Knockout Diagram
c b

1 F
A
A
F
A
A
h

1 Box 5 Box 5R

1 B B
H Hub
A A
1 C
F F F Flush
e e e e
Trim

1 B B 0.45 Dia.
a c c c

0.45 Dia. 3/4


A A c c
b b c c b
c d c i
1 F F C F D F B D
g c c c c c b

Outdoor Boxes
A A B B 12–42 Circuits 225 A Maximum Box P, PM
1 B
H
B
H

Box 6 Box 6R
1 0.45 Dia.
b c c c
0.45 Dia.
c b b
0.45 Dia.
b c c c
0.45 Dia.
c b b
i c d c i c d c
c c g
b c c c c g b c c c c

1 B C
G
A B B Hub
A A A A A A g g
g g e e e e
e e
1
e e

G G B B
g g
g g
b b
c c
b b
B c c c b b c

1 A

C C
B
C
c
c
b

b
b

b
c
c c
c
b b
b
c
c
g g b

G C F G G C F G g g

1 A A A A A A A A A A A A
e e e e
e e e e

G G
B C B B B C B B 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia. 0.45 Dia.
1
A A
c b c c c c b
b b c c c b b
c d c c d c i
i g c
Box 7 Box 7R g c
c c c c b c c c c b

1 Box B Box C, D, E, G, J, K, L, N

1
1

V1-T1-34 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Type ECB and ECC Unit Enclosure Knockout
Code Diameter
1
NEMA Type 1 Indoor (Flush and Surface Trims)
1
A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —
B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 1
NEMA Type 3R Outdoor
A 0.50 (12.7) — — — — 1
B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)
1
NEMA Type 1—Indoor 1
A
B 1
B B B 1
1
B B B
1
B
1
A

1
NEMA Type 3R—Outdoor
1
HUB
1
1
1
B B B 1
B A 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-35


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-on Circuit Breakers Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-2
CH Specialty Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-15
1 CH Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . V1-T1-22
CH Circuit Breakers
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-37
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-43
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-44
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-44
1
1
1
1
1
1 CH Circuit Breakers
1 Product Description
Quick-make, quick-break The branch feeder type AFCI Two-pole Type CHGFIs are even though the neutral is not
1 switch mechanism combined is required in the 1999 and designed for use in three- included in the load circuit.
with inverse time element 2002 National Electrical Code. wire, 120/240 Vac circuits, This connection is necessary
tripping operation and trip- 120 Vac multiwire circuits to supply a 120 Vac power
1 free handle design. Type CH The Combination Type AFCI employing common, neutral source to the ground fault
circuit breakers trip to the is required in all subsequent and two-wire, 240 Vac sensing circuit.
1 OFF position, eliminating editions of the National circuits obtained from a
nuisance callbacks. The CHF Electrical Code. 120/240 Vac source. The figures are shown with
1 family also includes a trip flag Combination Type Arc Diagrams on Page V1-T1-44
a 120/240 Vac, single-phase,
three-wire power source,
to differentiate between a trip Fault Circuit Breakers illustrate typical wiring but are also applicable to a
1 and the breaker being turned
off. The thermal-magnetic trip
A combination type arc fault configurations for 120/240 Vac 120/208 Vac, three-phase,
circuit interrupter is a device multiwire circuits. four-wire power supply.
curve avoids nuisance tripping
1 on mild overloads while
that offers mitigation of high
current arcing faults in the The diagram on Page
For all figures, the electrical
reacting almost instantaneously operation of the Type CHGFI
complete circuit, including V1-T1-44 depicts a 240 Vac,
1 to severe short-circuit connected cords. In addition it two-wire circuit. Note the
is not affected by the
conditions. Multipole breakers equipment ground.
provides direct detection of “panel neutral” conductor
1 have internal common trip persistent low current arcing connects to the neutral bar,
connection to operate all faults down to 5 amps with
1 poles simultaneously. Handles associated mitigation of Features
are marked with ON-OFF fire hazards in the cords Over-Center Magnetic
indication and ampere rating
1 of the breaker.
connected to the outlets. High
current arcing faults can occur
Toggle Spring Armature

from line to neutral or line to


1 Special Application Plug-on ground. These arcing faults
Circuit Breakers—Type CH are in parallel with the load
10 kAIC 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac
1 and produce the most energy
Latch
Lever
Current
Bi-Metal
Branch Feeder Type Arc of all arcing faults. The current
Fault Circuit Breakers
1 A branch feeder type arc fault
level of low current arcing Lug
faults is limited by the load. Screw
circuit interrupter is a device
1 intended to mitigate high Ground Fault Circuit Latch
Spring
current arcing faults in the Breakers—Ground Fault
1 complete circuit, including Application Notes Load
Terminal
connected cords. High Single-pole Type CHGFIs are
1 current arcing faults can
occur from line to neutral or
designed for use in two-wire,
120 Vac circuits. The diagram
Line
Contact
Clip
line to ground. These arcing on Page V1-T1-44 shows a
1 faults are in parallel with the typical wiring configuration. Contact
load and produce the most Magnetic
1 energy of all arcing faults. Pole Piece

V1-T1-36 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Product Selection
1
10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac
1
Type CH Plug-on Type CH Breakers, 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC
Circuit Breakers Catalog Number 1
Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Three-Pole 240 Vac
Requires One
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
Common Trip Requires Two
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
Common Trip Requires Three
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1
10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton

Ampere
Wire Size
Range Cu/Al
1
Rating 60 °C or 75 °C
10 (1) #14–8 1 CH110 CH210 CH310
1
(2) #14–10 12
15
(1) #14–6 3
CH115 56
56
CH215 6
6
CH315 6 1
20 CH120 CH220 CH320 6
25 CH125 6 CH225 6 CH325 6 1
30 CH130 6 CH230 6 CH330 6
35 #14–2 1 CH135 6 CH235 6 CH335 6 1
#14–6 3
40 #10–1/0 4 CH140 6 CH240 6 CH340 6 1
#14–2
45 CH145 6 CH245 6 CH345 6
#3/0
50 CH150 6 CH250 6 CH350 6 1
60 CH160 CH260 CH360
70 CH170 CH270 CH370
1
80 — CH280 CH3080
90 — CH290 CH3090
1
100 — CH2100 CH3100
1
110 — CH2110 —
125 — CH2125 — 1
1
Type CH Plug-on
CHF Breakers with Mechanical Trip Flag
Circuit Breakers Catalog Number 1
Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac
Requires One
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
Common Trip Requires Two
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1
10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton

Ampere
Wire Size
Range Cu/Al
1
Rating 60 °C or 75 °C
10 (1) #14–8 1 CHF110 CHF210
1
(2) #14–10 12
15 CHF115 56 CHF215 6
1
20 CHF120 56 CHF220 6
25 CHF125 6 CHF225 6 1
30 CHF130 6 CHF230 6
35 #14–2 1 CHF135 6 CHF235 6 1
40 #14–4 4 CHF140 6 CHF240 6
45 CHF145 6 CHF245 6
1
50 CHF150 6 CHF250 6
1
Notes
1 For single- and two-pole breakers.
2 Solid and stranded wire can be used together.
1
3 For three-pole breakers.
4 Single-pole and two-pole 40–50 A.
1
5 Switching duty rated.
6 HACR rated. 1
For factory-installed options, refer to Page V1-T1-43.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-37


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH AF/GF Single-Pole Circuit Breaker


1
Type CH AFCI Single- Dual Function Arc Fault/Ground Fault 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide Circuit Breakers,
1 Pole Circuit Breaker Type CH, 120 Vac—10 kAIC 12
Poles Ampere Rating Configuration Catalog Number
1 Single-pole 15 Combination AFCI GFCI CHFAFGF115 3
10 kAIC
20 Combination AFCI GFCI CHFAFGF120 3
1 Single-pole, plug-on neutral 15 Combination AFCI GFCI CHFAFGF115PN
10 kAIC
1 20 Combination AFCI GFCI CHFAFGF120PN

1
1 Plug-on Branch Feeder Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac
1 Type CH AFCI Single- Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Wide Circuit Breakers
Pole Circuit Breaker Poles Ampere Rating Catalog Number
1 Standard Pigtail

1 Single-pole
10 kAIC
15 CHFCAF115
20 CHFCAF120
1 Two-pole 15 CH215CAF
10 kAIC
20 CH220CAF
1
1
Plug-on Neutral Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers and Ground Fault, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac 4
1 Type CH AFCI Single- Combination Type CH AFCI 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) and CHGFCI Circuit Breakers
Pole PON Combo Poles Ampere Rating Configuration Catalog Number
1 Circuit Breaker
Single-pole 15 AFCI plug-on neutral CHFCAF115PN
10 kAIC
1 20 AFCI plug-on neutral CHFCAFT120PN
15 GFCI plug-on neutral CHFGFT115PN
1 20 CHFGFT120PN
25 CHFGFT125PN
1 30 CHFGFT130PN

1
1 Notes
1 Breaker qualifies as combination arc fault, per UL 1699.

1 2 Breaker qualifies as personnel protection ground fault, (5 mA) per UL 943.


3 Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number.

1 4 Requires plug-on neutral loadcenter.

Common trip refers to two-pole 240 V load application sourced by 120/240 Vac (see diagram on Page V1-T1-44).
Independent trip refers to two-pole multi-wire, home run or shared neutral circuits (see diagrams on Page V1-T1-44).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-38 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Plug-on Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type CH 10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac
1
Type CH Single-Pole Type CH Ground Fault Circuit Breakers (5 Milliampere) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or
120/240 Vac,10 kAIC 1
Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton
Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires
One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip
Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1
Ampere Wire Size Range 1
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C 1
15 #14–6 CHFGFT115 CH215GFT 1
20 #14–6 CHFGFT120 CH220GFT
25 #14–6 CHFGFT125 CH225GFT
1
30 #14–6 CHFGFT130 CH230GFT
1
35 #14–6 — CH235GFT
40 #14–6 — CH240GFT 1
45 #14–6 — CH245GFT
50 #14–6 — CH250GFT 1
60 #14–6 1 — CH260GFT
1
Type CH Two-Pole Type CH Ground Fault Equipment Protectors (30 Milliampere) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 1
120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC
Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton 1
Single-Pole 120 Vac Requires Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip
One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1
Ampere Wire Size Range
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C 1 1
15 #14–6 CHFEP115 CH215EPD
20 #14–6 CHFEP120 CH220EPD 1
25 #14–6 CHFEP125 —
30 #14–6 CHFEP130 CH230EPD
1
40 #14–6 — CH240EPD 1
50 #14–6 — CH250EPD
60 #14–6 1 — CH260EPD 1
1
Type CH Switching Neutral Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac
Used to open the neutral along power line(s) for applications of gas pumps. 1
CH220SW 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC 1
Catalog Number—1 per Shelf Carton
Two-Pole 120 Vac Three-Pole 120/240 Vac 1
Common Trip Requires Common Trip Requires
Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1
(Hot leg) Phase
Ampere
Rating
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
Neutral Out
Neutral In
Phase
Neutral Out
Neutral In
1
15 #14–8 CH215SW 2 CH315SW 3
1
20 #14–8 CH220SW 2 CH320SW 3
30 #14–8 CH230SW 2 CH330SW 3 1
40 #14–8 CH240SW 2 CH340SW 3
50 #14–8 CH250SW 2 CH350SW 3 1
Notes
1 60 A breaker listed for 75 °C Cu wire only.
1
2 For circuit breakers with shunt trip, add ST suffix. Shunt trip requires one additional pole space.
3 Switching duty rated. 1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-39


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CH-HID Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 and 240 Vac
1 Suitable for use in circuits for fluorescent and high intensity discharge lighting. Also suitable for HACR applications.

1 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac, 120/240 and 240 Vac, 10 kAIC
Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 240 Vac Three-Pole 240 Vac
1 Requires One Common Trip Requires Common Trip Requires
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

1 10 per Shelf Carton


Catalog Number
5 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number
5 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number

1 Ampere
Rating
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C

1 15 #14–8 CH115HID CH215HID 1 CH315HID


20 #14–8 CH120HID CH220HID CH320HID
1 30 #14–8 CH130HID CH230HID CH330HID

1
Type CHT Twin 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac, Universal CTL and Non-CTL Plug-on Circuit Breakers
1 Suitable for CTL and Non-CTL CH loadcenters.

1 Type CH and CHT Twin (CTL) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac Class CTL 10 kAIC
Circuit Breakers Single-Pole Requires
Mounted in Twin
1 Breaker Panel One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
10 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number
1 Ampere Wire Size Range
120/240 Vac
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C 120/240 Vac
1 15–15 #14–8 CHT1515 23
15–20 #14–8 CHT1520 23
1
20–20 #14–8 CHT2020 23

1 Notes
1 CH215HID is rated for 120/240 V.

1 2 Switching duty rated.


3 HACR rated.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-40 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Type CHP Commercial Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac
Note: CHP breakers feature on-off and trip positions for commercial applications. 1
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10 kAIC 1
Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Three-Pole 240 Vac
Single-Pole 120/240 Vac
Requires One 3/4-Inch
Common Trip
Requires Two 3/4-Inch
Common Trip
Requires Three 3/4-Inch
1
(19.1 mm) Space (19.1 mm) Spaces (19.1 mm) Spaces
10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton 1
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

Ampere Wire Size Range


1
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
10 (1) #14–8 1 CHP110 CHP210 CHP310
1
(2) #14–10 12
CHP115 67 CHP215 7 CHP315 7
15
(1) #14–6 3 1
20 CHP120 67 CHP220 7 CHP320 7
25 CHP125 7 CHP225 7 CHP325 7 1
30 CHP130 7 CHP230 7 CHP330 7
35 #14–2 1 CHP135 7 CHP235 7 CHP335 7 1
#14–6 3
40 #10–1/0 4 CHP140 7 CHP240 7 CHP340 7 1
#14–2 5 7 7
45 CHP145 CHP245 CHP345 7
50 CHP150 7 CHP250 7 CHP350 7
1
CHP160 7 CHP260 7 CHP360 7
60
1
70 CHP170 CHP270 CHP370
80 — CHP280 — 1
90 — CHP290 —
100 — CHP2100 CHP3100 1
110 — CHP2110 —
125 — CHP2125 —
1
Notes
1 For single- and two-pole breakers.
1
2 Solid and stranded wire can be used together.
3 For three-pole breakers.
1
4 Single-pole 60–70 A, two-pole 80–125 A, three-pole 40–100 A.
5 Single-pole 40–50 A, two-pole 40–70 A. 1
6 Switching duty rated.
7 HACR rated.
1
CHP breakers offer on-off and trip positions for commercial applications.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-41


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type CHP Neutral Switching Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac
1 Used to open the neutral along power line(s) for applications of gas pumps.

1 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC


Two-Pole 120 Vac Common Trip Three-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip
1 Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces Requires Three 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton
1 Catalog Number Catalog Number
(Hot leg) Phase
Ampere Wire Size Range Neutral Out Phase
1 Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Neutral In
Neutral Out
Neutral In

15 #14–8 CHP215SW 1 CHP315SW 1


1 20 #14–8 CHP220SW 1 CHP320SW 1

1
Type CH-M50 High Ambient Breaker
1
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC
1 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip
Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
1 10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number Catalog Number

1 Ampere
Rating
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C

1 15 (1) #14–8
(2) #14–10
CH115M50 CH215M50
20 CH120M50 CH220M50
1 25 CH125M50 CH225M50
30 CH130M50 CH230M50
1 35 CH135M50 CH235M50
40 CH140M50 CH240M50
1
45 CH145M50 CH245M50

1 50 CH150M50 CH250M50
60 — CH260M50
1 70 — CH270M50

1
Type CH-HM and CHP-HM High Magnetic Breakers
1
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC
1 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Common Trip
Requires One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space Requires Two 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces

1 10 per Shelf Carton


Catalog Number
5 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number
Ampere Wire Size Range
1 Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
15 (1) #14–8 CH115HM CH215HM
1 20
(2) #14–10
CH120HM CH220HM

1 15 (1) #14–8
(2) #14–10
CHP115HM CHP215HM
20 CHP120HM CHP220HM
1 Note
1 For circuit breakers with shunt trip, add ST suffix. Shunt trip requires one additional pole space, obtain pricing from Page V1-T1-43.

1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-42 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Options and Accessories
1
CHHT Field Installation Kits and Parts
Ordering Catalog 1
CHPL Description Quantity 1 Number

CHPLGF
Handle Ties 2 1
Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (molded plastic handle cover) 25 CHHT
1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of CH AFGF, CAF and GFT breakers into the ON or OFF position. CHFAFGFLOFF
MCBPL
Handle Lockoffs 34 1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type CH circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5 1 CHPL

CHLO Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type CHGFI circuit breaker (escutcheon mounted) 5 1 CHPLGF
1
Padlockable bracket for locking the handle of two-, three- and four-pole Type CH circuit breakers 10 CHPLOFF 1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CCH into the ON or OFF position.(screw mounted) 6 1 CCPL

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted) 5 1 MCBPL
1
CH125RB
Handle Lockdogs 47 1
Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (handle mounted) 8 10 CHLO

Hold-Down Kits 9
1
Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers. For 6–24 circuit 125 A single- and three-phase,
12–42 circuit single-phase 225 A and 24–42 circuit three-phase 225 A MLO Type CH loadcenters
1 CH125RB
1
CH9MB270
Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers for 2–4 circuit MLO CH loadcenters. 1 CH125RB24
1
Mounting Bases

Mounting base for two-pole Type CH circuit breaker—70 A maximum 1 CH9MB270 1


Main Breaker Lug Kits
1
Types CC and CCH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1 CCL300
CHML
Type CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1 MCBL300 1
Mechanical Interlock
1
Type CH for two-, three- and four-pole breakers 10 CHML j
1
Shunt Trip Options Handle Position Changeability Chart
Description Catalog Number To Change Handle Position from 1
Type Volts Suffix Adder k ON to OFF or OFF to ON You Must...

CSR 12 DC SR12
Handle Lockoff and
Lockdog Types
Remove
Padlock
Remove
Device
Remove Loadcenter
Deadfront
1
CSR 24 DC SR24
Lockoff escutcheon mounted Remove — — 1
CSR 120 AC SR01
Lockoff screw mounted Remove — —
CH 120 AC ST 4
Lockdog handle mounted N/A Remove — 1
CC 12 DC SR12
CC 24 DC SR24 1
CC 120 AC SR01
CC 208 AC SR08
1
CC 240 AC SR02
1
Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker.
1
3 Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position.
4 Requires one additional pole space.
1
5 Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront.
6 Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw. 1
7 Handle lockdogs: devices that are used to secure a circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. Handle lockdogs are not padlockable devices.
8 Handle mounted: device mounted above or below handle using spring pressure.
9 Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 408.36(D).
1
j CHML not suitable to transfer emergency power.
k Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number. 1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-43


1.1 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications


1
Ratings
1 Single- and two-pole CH breakers rated 15 and 20 A have
low instantaneous magnetic trip levels. The 15 and 20 A
1 breakers with “HM” suffix have high magnetic trip settings
recommended for circuits with inherently high inrush currents.
1 All Type CH breakers are marked for heating, air conditioning
and refrigeration (HACR) equipment application. Single-pole
15–20 A breakers are also suitable for switching duty (SWD).
1 Shunt trip coils operate on 120 Vac and require one additional
pole space per breaker.
1
Wiring Diagrams
1
Typical Single-Pole Two-Pole 240 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac
1 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
Source Source
1 N A B N A B
Line B Line B
1
1 Single-Pole Two-Pole
Neutral 120V Line A 240V
Duplex
1 Neutral
Duplex
Receptacle Neutral Receptacle

1 Equipment Ground

1
1 Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
1 Source Source
N A B N A B
1 Line B
Line A
Line B

1
Single-Pole Two-Pole
1 Neutral 120V
Duplex
Neutral 120V Duplex
Receptacle
Neutral Receptacle (With Line Side
Neutral
1 Jumper Removed)
Equipment Ground
Equipment Ground
1
1 Single-Pole 120 V Duplex
Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex
Receptacle Application Receptacle Application
1
120/240 Vac
1 120/240 Vac
Source
Source
N A B
N A B
1 Line B
Line B

1 Single-Pole
Two-Pole Neutral 120V
1 Neutral Two 120V
Duplex
Duplex
Neutral Receptacle
Receptacles
1 Neutral
Equipment Ground

1
Line A
Equipment Ground
1

V1-T1-44 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.1
Two-Pole 120 V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application
1
120/240 Vac
Source 1
N A B
Line B 1
1
Two-Pole
Neutral Two 120V
Duplex 1
Neutral Receptacles
1

Line A
1
1
Two-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application
1
120/240 Vac
Source
N A B
1
Line B
Line A 1
Two-Pole
1
Neutral 120V Duplex
Receptacle 1
Neutral (With Line Side
Jumper Removed)
1
1
Two-Pole 240 V Duplex Receptacle Application
1
120/240 Vac 1
Source
N A B
Line B
1
1
Two-Pole
Line A 240V
1
Duplex
Neutral Receptacle 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-45


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-47
1 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-49
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-51
1 BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61
1 Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63
1 BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . V1-T1-66
BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83
1
1
1
1
1 Overview
1 General Product Description Features, Benefits and The sum of the handle For non-service entrance
Loadcenters are enclosures Functions ratings connected to any stab (sub-panel) applications, the
is limited to 150 A maximum panel may be installed with
1 specifically designed to house
Plug-on Neutral Style on the 100 and 125 A the bonding strap not
the branch circuit breakers
and wiring required to Loadcenters loadcenters, and 200 A on connected to the neutral.
1 distribute power to individual ● The short-body BR loadcenters with 150 A or Separate ground bars must
circuits. They contain either a electronic circuit breakers higher main bus. NEMA be used on non-service
1 main breaker when used at are optimized to save Type 1 boxes or enclosures entrance panels.
the service entrance point or gutter space and are manufactured from
Insulated/Bondable Single
1 a main lug when used as a installation time with an galvanized steel. Raintight
boxes are manufactured
Neutral
sub-panel to add circuits to easier, more succinct Panels are supplied with a
from galvanized steel, then
1 existing service. The main
breaker protects the main
installation process
finished using an electrostatic single insulated neutral. For
● Unique self-leveling tabs to powder coat, baked urethane service entrance applications,
entire panel and can be used all that is required to bond the
1 as a service disconnect. The
allow for quick drywall
offset
paint process.
neutral is to loosen the
branch breakers protect the bonding screw and the
Added keyhole hanging Neutrals
1 wires leading to individual

feature on cover for ease of neutral screw directly beside


electrical loads such as Eaton BR loadcenters feature
installation it, insert the bonding strap
three types of neutrals:
1 fixtures and outlets.
● Common drive types on
into the neutral bar, and re-
Inboard Plug-on Neutral tighten both connections. The
Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters screw connections for
1 The BR Plug-on Neutral added simplicity and Code changes and higher single neutral can be moved
by the contractor to the other
convenience safety standards are leading
portfolio from Eaton offers a side of the panel, if desired.
1 unique design that offers ● Inboard neutral to increase
to more arc fault circuit
interrupter (AFCI) When used as a service
improved safety, ease of the gutter space for easier entrance panel, unused
installations. With the
1 installation and leaves the installation of conductors
electrical contractor in mind, neutral connections may be
end result with a clean and ● Backed-out neutral screws Eaton has revolutionized the used for the termination of
1 professional look and feel. to allow for a quick way Combination AFCIs are equipment grounds. For non-
connection of ground and installed with the Plug-on service entrance (sub-panel)
neutral conductors applications, the panel may
1 Neutral line of loadcenters
be installed with the bonding
● Upgraded to embossed and breakers.
circuit numbers for a more strap not connected to the
1 clean and professional look Insulated/Bondable Split neutral. Separate ground bars
Neutral must be used on non-service
1 Loadcenter Construction Panels are supplied with split entrance panels.
insulated neutrals with an
Eaton’s Type BR loadcenters
insulated cross strap. For
1 have standard tin-plated
service entrance applications,
aluminum bus with a limited
the neutral must be bonded
1 availability of copper bus.
by using the bonding strap
supplied with the panel.
1

V1-T1-46 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Grounds Bottom Fed Loadcenters Date Code Standards and Certifications
In service entrance For single-phase 225 A and The date of manufacture of 1
applications where the below loadcenters that are each loadcenter is printed on UL Listings
neutral is bonded, unused bottom fed, a standard panel the outside of the carton as All Eaton Type BR loadcenters 1
neutral holes may be used can be rotated 180 degrees well as inside the loadcenter. are listed under UL File
for terminating ground
conductors. In sub-feed
to allow straight-in wiring of
power cables to the main
On the carton, the date code
is printed on the end carton
E52977 except the 1
2–8 circuit loadcenters,
panels, the neutral must be terminals. Because the main label. In the loadcenter, the up through and including
isolated (non-bonded), and circuit breaker handle date code is located on the 125 A, which are listed under
1
ground wires must be operates horizontally, the small white label located on UL File E8741.
terminated on a separate orientation of the main circuit the right side wall (with the 1
ground bar. breaker handle is consistent main device on top).
The insulated/bondable
with the requirements of NEC The date code is in the 1
2008 Article 240.81. following format: F # # # &.
single/split neutral panels
have sufficient terminations Gutter Splicing
The “F” is the numeric 1
for both ground and neutral code for the Lincoln, IL
Loadcenters are not UL listed
conductors. The insulated/
as wiring troughs. Therefore,
plant, and the three numbers
are the year and week of
1
bondable single split neutral
gutter splicing of riser cables manufacturing, e.g., 023. The
panels are supplied with a
separate factory-installed
to tap off to the main device “!” sign at the end signifies 1
is not permitted. Refer to the decade of the 2010.
ground bar if the catalog
number contains a “G.” If
NEC 2008 Article 312.8. Therefore, the date code 1
not, a separate ground bar F023& would indicate
Fire Rating
should be installed. Insulated/
Due to the numerous
that the product was
manufactured in the 23rd
1
Bondable Single Neutral
openings in both loadcenter week of 2010. The 1980s
panels are supplied without
a ground bar (unless
boxes and trims, they should are represented by the “+” 1
not be mounted in firewalls. sign and the 1990s are
otherwise noted), and ground
bar kits if needed must be
There is no approved method represented by a “=” 1
for sealing the enclosures for at the end of the code.
purchased separately.
this application.
Surge Protectors
1
Neutral and Ground Terminals
Complete home surge
The standard terminals on
protection is available in 1
grounds and neutrals are
multiple options, including
rated to accept (3) #14–#10
Cu/Al or (1) #14–4, provided
a factory-installed option that 1
provides the highest level of
the cables terminated are of
the same material. For larger
surge protection in a 1
residential design. See Tab 3
cables, add-on neutral lugs
for more details.
may be ordered from the 1
accessories on Page Circuit Breaker Case
V1-T1-72. Interrupting Capacity 1
Note: NEC allows only one ● 10 kAIC
current-carrying conductor ● 22 kAIC 1
per hole on neutrals unless
otherwise noted.
● 25 kAIC
1
Warranty Information
● 10-year limited 1
loadcenter warranty
● 10-year limited branch
breaker warranty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-47


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Loadcenter
1
Optimized Knockouts
1 ■ ŁKnockout locations for “Tangential” Center Knockout
additional access ■ŁEasier installation for
1 ■ ŁEasier to remove conduit applications
Smooth Case Edges
1 ■ ŁProvides a more professional
look and feel
Commercial Grade Main Breaker
1 Top or Bottom Feed ■ Ł25 kAIC series rated main
breaker for superior protection
■ ŁStraight-in wiring saves
labor and material
1 ■ ŁOne panel for either top
or bottom applications
1 Common Drive Types
Plug-On Neutral ■ ŁMinimizes number of tools
1 ■ ŁEliminates the pigtail connection
providing time and labor savings
required for installation as the
neutral bar and breaker screws
■ ŁProvides a professional installation will share a common drive type
1
2/0 Lug
1 ■ ŁEasily removable and can
be installed in any location Grounding Screw
on the neutral bar ■ ŁProvides a quick and easy
1 Type BR AFCI Breakers
means of bonding the
neutral and ground
■ ŁCompact design for easier wiring
1 improved wireway access
■ ŁOptional LED indicates one of six

1 trip codes for circuit diagnostics


■ ŁProvides a clean gutter space
Twin Neutral Bars
■ ŁMinimum 150% neutral

1 capacity

1 Inboard Neutral
■ ŁIncreases gutter space to allow Backed Out Neutral Screws
1 for the professional installation
of conductors
■ŁAllows for quick connection of
neutral and ground conductors

1
Standard Tin-Plated Aluminum Bus
Cover Features not Shown:
1 ■ ŁExcellent conductivity
and corrosion resistance Cover Keyhole Hanging Feature
■ ŁCopper bus options available ■ ŁEase of cover installation

1 for select catalog numbers


Rigid Center Cover Spine
■ ŁProvides strength when
1 Drywall Offset on Both Sides twistouts are removed
of the Enclosure
1 ■ ŁAllow for faster installation using Improved Cover Twist-Outs
predetermined self-leveling tabs ■ ŁEasier to remove twistouts

1
Embossed Cover Circuit Numbers
■ ŁDurable circuit numbering with
1 added marking for twin breakers
Single Keyhole Mounting
1 ■ ŁOne keyhole at the top and
bottom provides easier
mounting and leveling
1
1 Warranty
10-year warranty on all
1 Type BR loadcenters and
circuit breakers.
1
1
1

V1-T1-48 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Catalog Number Selection
1
Single-Phase Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters
1
BR P 30 L 200 G W P1
1
Type Designation Packaging 1
BR = 1 inch (25.4 mm) Blank = Individually packed with
breaker loadcenter
P1
cover attached
= Loadcenters palletized
1
(no box), covers 4 per carton
Feature 1
P = Plug-on neutral design
Bus Amperage Trim Color 1
100 = 100 A Blank = ANSI 61 Gray
125 = 125 A
Number of Spaces 1
150 = 150 A
W = White (Indoor Only)
1
8 10 12 16 20 Enclosure
200 = 200 A
24 30 40 42 60 225 = 225 A Blank = NEMA Type 1 indoor
with combination trim
Accessories Installed 1
1 The number of circuits
R = NEMA Type 3R rainproof Blank = None installed
is equal to double the
number of spaces. Bus Material S = NEMA Type 1 indoor DG = Double ground bar 1
with surface trim (for panels under 20 spaces)
Blank = Aluminum F = Feed-through lugs
C = Copper G = Ground bar 1
Main Device
1
L = Main lug only
B = Main breaker 1
E = Convertible with main lugs
installed
N = Convertible (main device 1
purchased separately)
H = 22 kAIC 1
1
Single- and Three-Phase Legacy Loadcenters
1
3 BR 30 42 B C 200
1
Phase Construction
Blank = Single-phase 1 Blank = No feed thru lugs 1 1
3 = Three-phase F = Feed-through lugs

Eaton’s Type BR Main Device


G
P
= Ground bar
= Current design
1
Loadcenter B = Main breaker NY = NY City gutter space
L = Main lug 1
Factory Options N = Convertible main Enclosure
SUR = Factory integrated surge
H = Main breaker high AIC R
S
= NEMA Type 3R rainproof
= NEMA Type 1 indoor with surface trim
1
Bus F = NEMA Type 1 indoor with flush trim
Number of 1-Inch
(25.4 mm) Spaces Blank = Aluminum bus 1
Blank = NEMA Type 1 indoor with combination trim 1 1
RIS = Riser panel
C = Copper bus
Maximum Number 1
of Circuits Amperes
50
70
= 50 A
= 70 A
200
225
= 200 A
= 225 A
1
100 = 100 A 300 = 300 A
125 = 125 A 400 = 400 A 1
150 = 150 A 600 = 600 A
1
Note
1 No character space used.
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-49


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

BR Electronic Circuit Breakers


1
BR N 1 15 DF
1
1 Type Designation
BR = 1 inch (25.4 mm) Blank = UL®
Options

breaker loadcenter C = Canada (CSA® only)


1
1 High kAIC Rating Breaker Function
H = 22 kAIC DF = Dual function
1 AF
GF
=
=
Combination arc fault
Ground fault
Neutral Design EP = Equipment protection (30 mA)
1 N = Pigtail neutral wire Number of Poles
P = Plug-on neutral
1 = Single-pole
1 Amperes
15 = 15 A
20 = 20 A
1 25 = 25 A (GFI)
30 = 30 A (GFI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-50 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Product Selection
1
Single-Phase—Plug-on Neutral—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/25 kAIC
1
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Main Maximum Maximum Wire Size Range Cu/Al Loadcenter Catalog Number 1
Breaker Main Amp Number 1-Inch Number 1-Inch Enclosure Box 60 °C or 75 °C for with Combination 1 or
Type Rating (25.4 mm) Spaces (25.4 mm) Poles Type Size Main Breaker NEMA Type 3R Cover 12
1
BRP10B100 BR 100 10 20 Indoor X0 #4–1/0 2 BRP10B100
10 kAIC
10 20 Outdoor B2R BR1020B100RF 347 1
12 24 Indoor X1 BRP12B100
12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224B100R 47 1
16 32 Indoor X2 BRP16B100
16 24 Outdoor C1R BR1624B100R 47
1
20 24 Outdoor C3R BR2024B100R 47 1
20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20B100
30 60 Indoor X5 BRP30B100 1
125 16 32 Indoor X2 #4–2/0 BRP16B125
20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20B125
1
BR2024B125R 47
20 24 Outdoor C3R
1
30 60 Indoor X5 BRP30B125
BRH 5
22 kAIC
100 12 24 Indoor X1 #4–1/0 BRP12H100 1
20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20H100
CSR 6 150 8 16 Outdoor C3R #2–300 kcmil BR816B150RF 347 1
25 kAIC
16 32 Indoor X4 BRP12B150
20 40 Indoor X4 BRP20B150
1
20 30 Outdoor D1R BR2030B150R 47
1
24 48 Indoor X6 BRP24B150
20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040B150R 47 1
30 60 Indoor X6 BRP30B150
200 8 16 Outdoor C3R BR816B200RF 347 1
16 32 Indoor X4 BRP16B200
20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040B200R 47
1
20 40 Indoor X5 BRP20B200 1
24 48 Indoor X6 BRP24B200
30 60 Indoor X6 BRP30B200 1
30 60 Indoor X6 BRP30B200G
30 40 Outdoor G1R BR3040B200R 47
1
40 80 Indoor X8 BRP40B200
1
40 40 Outdoor L1R BR4040B200R 47
60 120 Indoor X10 BRP60B200 1
60 120 Outdoor L3R BR60120B200R 47

Notes
1
1 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.
2 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with neutral 1
bonding screw preattached. The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service
entrance equipment. Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72.
3 Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.
1
4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
5 22 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and ETN01 10 kAIC branch breakers 1
are used in series with Type BRH main breaker.
6 25 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and ETN01 10 kAIC branch circuit breakers

are used in series with Type CSR main breaker.


1
7 These styles will be replaced in 2019 with new plug-on neutral style loadcenter.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-51


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—10/22 kAIC


1
B4242DFN Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1 Maximum Number Commercial Loadcenter
Main Main 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wire Size Range Catalog Number 123
1 Breaker Ampere Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C With Flush or With
Type Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Breaker NEMA Type 3R Cover Surface Cover
1 DK 4 300 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil BR4242B300F BR4242B300S
400 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil BR4242B400F BR4242B400S
1 42 42 Outdoor 47 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil BR4242B400R 5 —
HLD 6 600 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–500 kcmil — BR4242B600S
1
1 Notes
1 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72.
1 2 The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.
3 Door lock and key included with loadcenter.

1 4 Type DK main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac and allows a 22 kAIC series rating on the panel when Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers are used.
5 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
6 Type HLD main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac. Type HLD circuit breaker is not series rated with Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers.
1 Box sizes Pages V1-T1-78 through V1-T1-82.
Please contact the Lincoln Flex Center for any configurations not listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-52 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters—Small Space
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1

Main
Maximum Number
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter
1
Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Trim Type Size for Main Lugs Catalog Number
70 2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 5 #8–#2 BR24L70SP 12
1
Surface Outdoor
2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 5 BR24L70SGP 23
1
2 4 Outdoor — 5R BR24L70RP 124
2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 5 BR24L70FP 12 1
2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 5 BR24L70FGP 25
125 2 4 Indoor Surface (no door) 6 #14–1/0 BR24L125SP 12 1
Flush Outdoor 2 4 Outdoor — 6R BR24L125RP 124
2 4 Outdoor — 6R BR24L125RSEP 278 1
2 4 Outdoor — 6R BR24L125RSE2P 267
2 4 Indoor Flush (no door) 6 BR24L125FP 12
1
BR48L125SP 19
4 8 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–1/0
1
4 8 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 BR48L125SGP 39
Surface (No Door) 4 8 Outdoor — 7R BR48L125RP 149 1
4 8 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR48L125FP 19
4 8 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR48L125FDP 19 1
4 8 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR48L125FGP 39
6 12 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–#1 BR612L125SP 1j 1
6 12 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 BR612L125SGP jk

Flush (No Door) 6 12 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR612L125SDP 1j


1
6 12 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR612L125SDGP jk

6 12 Outdoor — 7R BR612L125RP 14j


1
6 12 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR612L125FP 1j 1
6 12 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR612L125FGP 5jk

Outdoor
6 12 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR612L125FDP j 1
6 12 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR612L125FDGP 5jk
8 16 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 #14–#1 BR816L125SP 1j 1
8 16 Indoor Surface (no door) 7 BR816L125SGP jk

8 16 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR816L125SDP 1j 1


8 16 Indoor Surface (with door) 7 BR816L125SDGP jk

8 16 Outdoor — 7R BR816L125RP 14j


1
8 16 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR816L125FP 1j
1
8 16 Indoor Flush (no door) 7 BR816L125FGP 5jj
8 16 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR816L125FDP 1j 1
8 16 Indoor Flush (with door) 7 BR816L125FDGP 5jl

Notes
1
1 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72.

– For 2/4 circuit loadcenters, use GBK5 or GBK520 ground bar. 1


– For 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters, use GBK10 ground bar.
– Ground bars mount to the left side wall of the enclosure for the 4/8, 6/12 and 8/16 circuit loadcenters.
2 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or 1
when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
3 Ground bar GBK5 is installed.
4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
1
5 CSA and UL approved.
6 Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–2/0 AWG Cu/Al. 1
7 For use as service entrance applications only.
8 Neutral/ground holes (6) #14–6 and (3) #14–1/0 AWG Cu/Al. 1
9 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than two service disconnecting mains are provided or when not

more than six service disconnecting mains are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
j Suitable for use as service equipment when a main breaker is used or when not more than six service disconnecting mains
1
are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
k Ground bar GBK10 is installed. 1
l Ground bar GBK14 is installed.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-78 through V1-T1-82. 1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-53


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters


1
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral, continued
1 Maximum Number Wire Size Range
Main 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter
1 Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Lugs Catalog Number 17
BRP12L125 125 12 24 Indoor X0 #6–2/0 BRP12L125 234
1 12 24 Indoor X0 BRP12L125G 234
12 24 Indoor X0 BRP12L125DG 2345
1 12 24 Outdoor B1R BR1224L125R 2468
16 32 Indoor X1 BRP16L125 234
1 16 32 Indoor X1 BRP16L125G 235
16 24 Outdoor B2R BR1624L125R 269
1 20 40 Indoor X2 BRP20L125 234

1 20 40 Indoor X2 BRP20L125G 235


20 24 Outdoor C1R BR2024L125R 269
1 24 48 Indoor X3 BRP24L125 23
24 48 Indoor X3 BRP24L125G 235
1 24 48 Indoor X3 BRP24L125GW 23458
30 60 Indoor BRP30L125 23
1 150 16 32 Indoor X3 #1–300 kcmil BRP16L150 3
20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20L150 3
1 20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20L150G 35

1 BRP12L200R 200 12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224L200R 469


20 40 Indoor BRP20L200 3

1 20 40 Indoor BRP20L200G 35
20 40 Outdoor C3R BR2040L200R 69
1 24 48 Indoor X4 BRP24L200 3
30 60 Indoor X5 BRP30L200 3
1 30 60 Indoor X5 BRP30L200G 35
31 61 Indoor X5 BRP30L200GW 358
1 30 40 Outdoor D1R BR3040L200R 69
40 80 Indoor X6 BRP40L200 3
1 40 80 Indoor X6 BRP40L200G 35

1 40 40 Outdoor G1R BR4040L200R 69

1 Single-Phase—Main Lug Loadcenters—400 and 600 A


Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1 4242DFN
Maximum Number Commercial Loadcenter
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wire Size Range Catalog Number 1
1 Main Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C With Flush or NEMA With Surface
Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Lugs Type 3R Cover Cover
1 400 12 24 Outdoor 42 (2) #3/0–400 kcmil BR1224L400R 45 —
42 42 Indoor 22 BR4242L400F BR4242L400S
1 42 42 Outdoor 46 BR4242L400R 4 —
600 42 42 Indoor 22 (2) #2–500 kcmil — BR4242L600S
1
1 Notes
1 Ground bar kits priced separately unless otherwise noted. See Page V1-T1-72.

1 2 Has notch for BRPHD hold-down kit in 125A and 200A styles.
3 Combination cover style.

1 4 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided.
5 Ground bars installed.
6 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
1 7 Includes main lugs. Loadcenters can convert to main breaker using kit.
8 Comes with a white cover

1 9 These styles will be replaced in 2019 with new plug-on neutral style loadcenter.

V1-T1-54 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices 10/22/25 kAIC,
Complete Assembly Consists of: Loadcenter and Either Main Breaker Kit or Main Lug Kit 1
Note: Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.
1
BRP12N125 Base Units—Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
(Unless Otherwise Noted)
1
Maximum Number
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number
Main
Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits
Enclosure
Type
Box
Size
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
for Main Lugs
With Combination
or NEMA Type 3R 123
1
125 45 12 24 Indoor X1 See main breaker kit and
main lug kit tables on
BRP12N125 1
12 24 Indoor X2 BRP12N125G j
Page V1-T1-67.
12 24 Outdoor B1R BR1224N125R 79l 1
16 32 Indoor X2 BRP16N125
16 24 Outdoor B2R BR1624N125R 79l 1
20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20N125G j

20 24 Outdoor C1R BR2024N125R 79l


1
200 5 8 16 Outdoor B2R BR816N200RF 789l

12 24 Indoor X4 BRP12N200 9
1
12 24 Outdoor B2R BR1224N200R 79l
1
16 32 Indoor X4 BRP16N200 9
20 40 Indoor X5 BRP20N200 9 1
20 40 Indoor X5 BRP20N200G j
20 40 Outdoor C3R BR2040N200R 79l 1
30 60 Indoor X6 BRP30N200 9
30 60 Indoor X6 BRP30N200G j 1
30 60 Indoor X6 #1–300 kcmil BRP30E200G jk
30 40 Outdoor D1R BR3040N200R 79l
1
40 80 Indoor X8 See main breaker kit and BRP40N200
main lug kit tables on 1
Page V1-T1-57.
40 80 Indoor X8 #1–300 kcmil BRP40E200G jk 1
40 40 Outdoor G1R BR4040N200R 79l
40 80 Indoor X8 See main breaker kit and BRP40N200G j 1
main lug kit tables on
Page V1-T1-67.
1
60 120 Indoor X10 #1–300 kcmil BRP60E200 k
1
Convertible MLO Loadcenters—Factory Installed Lugs 6
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1
Maximum
Number of 1"
1
Main Amp Rating Spaces Circuits Enclosure Type Box Size Wire Size Range Cu/Al Catalog Number
200 30 60 Indoor X6 #1–300 kcmil BRP30E200G j 1
200 40 80 Indoor X8 #1–300 kcmil BRP40E200G j
200 60 120 Indoor X10 #1–300 kcmil BRP60E200
1
1
2
The maximum rating of the loadcenter is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment. 1
125 and 200 A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories must be ordered separately for field installation.
All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 408 of the NEC.
3 Ground bar kits priced separately except as noted, refer to Page V1-T1-72. 1
4 For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug use Type BRPSF.
5
6
For main breaker, use Type BW or CSR. For main lug, use Type BRPL200. 1
Convertible to maximum of 125 A main circuit breaker and 125 A main lug.
7
8
Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
Includes through-feed lugs for both phase and neutral conductors.
1
9 Insulated/bondable single neutral for legacy styles only. Does not apply to plug-on neutral style loadcenter.
j Includes ground bar. 1
k Main Lugs come installed.
l These styles will be replaced in 2019 with new plug-on neutral style loadcenter. 1
BRPHD comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-55


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Convertible Loadcenters MCB or MLO—Base Units and Main Devices 10/22/25 kAIC,
1 Complete Assembly Consists of: Loadcenter and Either Main Breaker Kit or Main Lug Kit
Note: Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected.
1
BW2200 Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole BRL200 Main Devices—Two- and Three-Pole
1 Main Circuit Breakers—120/240 Vac or Main Lug Kits—120/240 Vac or
208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac 208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac
1 Wire Size Range 10 kAIC 22/25 kAIC
Ampere
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog
Ampere Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Catalog
Number 1 Rating for Main Lugs Number
1 Rating for Main Breaker Number
Two-Pole
Two-Pole
1 100 #4–1/0 BR2100 BRH2100 125 #6–2/0 BRSF125

110 #4–1/0 BR2110 BRH2110 150 #1–300 kcmil BRL200


1 125 #4–2/0 BR2125 BRH2125 175 #1–300 kcmil BRL200

125 #2–300 kcmil BW2125 CSR2125N 200 #1–300 kcmil BRL200


1 150 #2–300 kcmil BW2150 CSR2150N Three-Pole
150 #6–3/0 3BRSF150
1 175 #2–300 kcmil BW2175 CSR2175N
200 #2–300 kcmil BW2200 CSR2200N
Main Circuit Breaker with Accessory
1 Three-Pole
Example: BW22005R01 (Put description with catalog number on
100 #1 BR3100 BRH3100 order. See Page V1-T1-93.)
1
1 Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Copper Bus 10/22/25 kAIC

1 BRP20BC100 Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—With Copper Bus—Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—


Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1 Maximum Number Wire Size Range
Main Breaker Main Ampere 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter Catalog Number
1 Type Rating Space Circuits Type Box Size for Main Breaker with Combination Cover 234
BR 10 kAIC 100 20 40 Indoor X3 #4–1/0 BRP20BC100
1 30 60 Indoor X6 #4–1/0 BRP30BC100
125 30 60 Indoor X6 #4–1/0 BRP30BC125
1 BRH 22 kAIC 5 100 20 40 Indoor X3 #4–1/0 BRP20HC100

1 30 60 Indoor X5 #4–1/0 BRP30HC100


CSR 25 kAIC 150 30 60 Indoor X6 #2–300 kcmil BRP30BC150
1 200 20 40 Indoor X3 #2–300 kcmil BRP20BC200
30 60 Indoor X6 #2–300 kcmil BRP30BC200
1 40 80 Indoor X8 #2–300 kcmil BRP40BC200

1 225 42 84 Indoor X9 #1–250 kcmil BRP42BC225

1 Main Lug Only Loadcenters—Copper Bus


1 BRP42LC225 Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Single Neutral with Copper Bus
Maximum Number Wire Size Range
1 Main Breaker 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Loadcenter Catalog Number with
Type Space Circuits Type Box Size for Main Breaker Combination Cover 23
1 225 42 84 Indoor X8 #1–300 kcmil BRP42LC225 4
42 84 Indoor X8 #1–300 kcmil BRP42LC225G 6
1
Notes
1 1 Series combination rating with Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and ETN01 is 22 kAIC with BRH main and 25 kAIC with CSR main.
2 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with neutral bonding screw preattached.
3 The maximum rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.
1 4 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72.
5 22 kAIC series combination rating is obtained when Types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and ETN01 10 kAIC branch breakers are used in series with Type BRH main breaker.

1 6 Includes ground bar.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-78 through V1-T1-82.


1

V1-T1-56 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Convertible Loadcenters—Copper Bus 10/22/25 kAIC
1
BRP12NC125 Convertible—Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number
1
Main Breaker Main Amp 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C (With Combination or
Type Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main NEMA Type 3R Cover) 1234 1
10/22 kAIC 56 125 12 24 Indoor X1 See main breaker kit and BRP12NC125
12 24 Outdoor B2R
main lug kit tables on
BR1224NC125R 678
1
Page V1-T1-67
20 40 Indoor X3 BRP20NC125
1
20 24 Outdoor C3R BR2024NC125R 678
10/25 kAIC 9j 200 20 40 Indoor X5 BRP20NC200 1
20 40 Outdoor D1R BR2040NC200R 678
30 60 Indoor X6 BRP30NC200 1
30 60 Indoor #1–300 kcmil BRP30EC200GP2 k
30 40 Outdoor G1R BR3040NC200R 678
1
40 80 Indoor X8 See main breaker kit and
main lug kit tables on
BRP40NC200
1
40 40 Outdoor L1R Page V1-T1-67 BR4040NC200R 678
1
Convertible MLO Loadcenters—Factory Installed Lugs—Copper Bus
1
Single-Phase Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number
1
Main Amp 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C (With Combination or
Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main NEMA Type 3R Cover) 123 1
200 30 60 Indoor — #1–300 kcmil BRP30EC200GP2
200 8 16 Outdoor — #1–300 kcmil BRP08E200RF 7
1
Notes 1
1 125 and 200 A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories

must be ordered separately for field installation. All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance
equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC.
1
2 Ground bar kits priced separately, refer to Page V1-T1-72.
3 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with a neutral bonding 1
screw preattached. The maximum main rating of the loadcenter is the main breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.
4 Interrupting rating depends on main circuit breaker selected. Page V1-T1-72 for mains.
5 Hold-down screw BRPHD comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.
1
6 For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug, use Type BRPSF.
7 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-72. 1
8 These styles will be replaced in 2019 with new plug-on neutral style loadcenter.
9 For main breaker, use Type BW or CSR. For main lug, use Type BRPL.
j Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided.
1
k Ground bar included.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-57


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase—Type BR Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters


1 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,
Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1 Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number
Main 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C (With Combination or
1 Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Breaker NEMA Type 3R Cover)
125 12 24 Indoor C1 #6–3/0 3BR1224LC125
1 125 12 24 Outdoor C1R #6–3/0 3BR1224LC125R
150 24 42 Indoor D1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR2442LC150
1 150
200
24
12
42
24
Outdoor
Indoor
D1R
C4
#4–300 kcmil
#4–300 kcmil
3BR2442LC150R
3BR1224LC200
200 12 24 Outdoor C3R #4–300 kcmil 3BR1224LC200R
1 200 30 42 Indoor G1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042LC200
200 30 42 Outdoor G1R #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042LC200R
1 200 42 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242LC200
200 42 42 Outdoor L1R #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242LC200R
1 225
225
30
30
42
42
Indoor
Outdoor
L1
L1R
#4–300 kcmil
#4–300 kcmil
3BR3042LC225
3BR3042LC225R
400 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil 3BR4242LC400S
1 42 42 Outdoor 47 3BR4242BC400R
600 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) 3/0–500 kcmil 3BR4242LC600S
1 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,
Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
1 Maximum Number
Main Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number
Main Ampere 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C (With Combination or
1 Breaker Type Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Breaker NEMA Type 3R Cover)
BR 10 kAIC 100 12 24 Indoor C1 #14–1/0 3BR1224BC100
1 100 12 24 Outdoor C1R #14–1/0 3BR1224BC100R
CC 10 kAIC 150 30 42 Indoor L1 #6–4/0 3BR3042BC150
1 150
200
30
42
42
42
Outdoor
Indoor
L1R
L2
#6–4/0
2/0–300 kcmil
3BR3042BC150R
3BR4242BC200
200 42 42 Outdoor L2R 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC200R
1 225 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC225
225 42 42 Outdoor L2R 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242BC225R
1 DK 22 kAIC 400 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil 3BR4242BC400S
42 42 Outdoor 47 3BR4242BC400R
1 HLD 10 kAIC 600 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) 3/0–500 kcmil 3BR4242BC600S

3BR4242B200 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac
1 Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Main Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number 12
1 Main Ampere 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C (With Combination or
Breaker Type Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Breaker NEMA Type 3R Cover)

1 BR 10 kAIC 100 12
12
24
24
Indoor
Outdoor
C1
C1R
#14–1/0 3BR1224B100
3BR1224B100R 3
CC 10 kAIC 125 30 42 Indoor L1 #6–4/0 3BR3042B125
1 150 30 42 Indoor L1 #6–4/0 3BR3042B150
30 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR3042B150R 3
1 200 30 42 Indoor L1 #1–250 kcmil 3BR3042B200
30 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR3042B200R 3
1 42
42
42
42
Indoor
Outdoor
L2
L2R
3BR4242B200
3BR4242B200R 3
CHH 100 kAIC 200 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242H200 6
1 CC 10 kAIC 225 42 42 Indoor L2 2/0–300 kcmil 3BR4242B225
42 42 Outdoor L2R 3BR4242B225R 3
1 DK 4 22 kAIC 400 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–250 kcmil 3BR4242B400S 7
42 42 Indoor 24 3BR4242B400F
1 42 42 Outdoor 47 3BR4242B400R 3
LD 5 600 42 42 Indoor 24 (2) #3/0–500 kcmil 3BR4242B600F

1 Notes
1 All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment and are shipped with a neutral bonding strap pre-attached (commercial loadcenters

1 do not have a pre-attached bonding strip). The maximum main rating of the panel is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.
2 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72.
3 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.

1 4 Type DK main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac and allows a 22 kAIC series rating on the loadcenter when Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers are used.
5 The LD main circuit breaker is rated 65 kAIC at 240 Vac. Type LD circuit breaker is not series rated with Types BR, BD and BJ branch circuit breakers.

1 6 Includes CHH 100 kAIC rated MCB. 100 kAIC series rating combination is obtained when types BD, BR, BQ, BQC and GFGB branch breakers are used with CHH main.
7 With surface cover.

V1-T1-58 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
3BR1224L125 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,
Insulated/Bondable (Unless Otherwise Noted) 1
Maximum Number Wire Size Range Loadcenter Catalog Number 1

Main 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C (With Combination or 1


Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Lugs NEMA Type 3R Cover)
100 3 3 Indoor 6 #6–1/0 3BR3L100S 23 1
3 3 Outdoor 6R 3BR3L100R 34
125 12 24 Indoor C1 #6–3/0 3BR1224L125 56
1
12 24 Outdoor C1R 3BR1224L125R 456
1
150 18 36 Indoor C2 #6–4/0 3BR1836L150
18 36 Outdoor C3R 3BR1836L150R 1
24 42 Indoor D1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR2442L150
24 42 Outdoor D1R 3BR2442L150R 4 1
200 12 24 Indoor C4 #4–300 kcmil 3BR1224L200 6
12 24 Outdoor C3R 3BR1224L200R 46
1
18 36 Indoor C4 #4–300 kcmil 3BR1836L200 1
18 36 Outdoor C3R 3BR1836L200R
30 42 Indoor G1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR3042L200 1
30 42 Outdoor G1R 3BR3042L200R 4
42 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242L200
1
3BR4242L200R 4
42 42 Outdoor L1R
1
225 42 42 Indoor L1 #4–300 kcmil 3BR4242L225
42 42 Outdoor L1R 3BR4242L225R 4 1
3BR4242L400F Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Main Lug Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac, 1
Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Maximum Number Commercial Loadcenter 1
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wire Size Range Catalog Number g
Main Enclosure Box Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C With Flush or With 1
Ampere Rating Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Lugs NEMA Type 3R Cover Surface Cover
400 42
42
42
42
Indoor
Outdoor
22
46
(1) 250–750 kcmil
or
3BR4242L400F
3BR4242L400R 4
3BR4242L400S

1
(2) #3/0–250 kcmil
600 42 42 Indoor 22 (2) #2–500 kcmil — 3BR4242L600S 1
Notes
1 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72. 1
2 Surface cover only.
3 Insulated/bondable single neutral. 1
4 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
5 Has notch for BREQS125 hold-down kit.
6 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.
1
g Door lock and key included with loadcenter.

Box sizes Pages V1-T1-78 through V1-T1-82.


1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-59


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

3BR3030N100 Three-Phase, Four-Wire—Convertible Loadcenters—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac or 240 Vac,


1 Insulated/Bondable Split Neutral
Maximum Number
1 Main
1-Inch (25.4 mm)
Enclosure Box
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
Loadcenter Catalog Number 23
(With Combination or
Ampere Rating 1 Spaces Circuits Type Size for Main Breaker NEMA Type 3R Cover)
1 100 4 30 30 Indoor D1 See main breaker kit and 3BR3030N100 5
main lug kit tables on
30 30 Outdoor D1R 3BR3030N100R 56
1 125 4 12 24 Indoor C1
Page V1-T1-67
3BR1224N125 567

1 3BR4242N225NY 12 24 Outdoor C1R 3BR1224N125R 5678


200 30 42 Indoor L1 3BR3042N200
1 225 42 42 Indoor L2 3BR4242N225
42 42 Indoor B 3BR4242B225NY 9
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 1 The maximum rating of the loadcenter is the main circuit breaker rating when used as service entrance equipment.
2 100, 125 and 200 A convertible base unit catalog numbers include interior, box and cover only. Main devices and accessories

must be ordered separately for field installation.


1 All convertible base units are listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment when used per Article 384 of the NEC.
3 Ground bar kits priced separately. See Page V1-T1-72.

1 4 For main breaker, use Type BR. For main lug, use Type BRSF.
5 BREQS125 hold-down screw comes with loadcenter for back-fed Types BR and BRH main circuit breakers.
6 Rainproof loadcenters are furnished with hub closure plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to Page V1-T1-71.
1 7 Convertible to maximum of 100 A main circuit breaker and 125 A main lug.
8 Suitable for use as service equipment when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided and

1 when not used as a lighting and appliance panelboard.


9 Order 3BR42FTNY or 3BR42STNY cover separately.

1 Box sizes Pages V1-T1-78 through V1-T1-82.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-60 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Spa Panels Contents
Description Page
1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46 1
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
Spa Panels 1
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63 1
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . V1-T1-66
BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83 1
1
1
1
1
1
Spa Panels 1
Product Description Features 1
Eaton’s BR Spa Panels ● 10-year warranty
distribute power to outdoor ● UL Listed 1
loads and provide protection ● Factory-installed
for people from electric
shock. Save time and money
two-pole ground fault 1
circuit interrupter (GFCI)
with streamlined installation
procedures and easy-access 1
features. Spa panels meet Product Selection
NEC requirements by 1
providing a ground fault
Spa Panel—Meets NEC Article 680.40 Through 680.43—
circuit interruption device and
a disconnect switch in a
BR Spa Panel
Requirements for GFCI Protection 1
single simple device. Ships Maximum Number
assembled prewired, factory
Main
Ampere 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Enclosure Box Wire Size Range Cu/Al 60 °C Catalog
1
tested and ready to install. Rating Space Poles Type Size or 75 °C for Main Lugs Number
40 — — Outdoor 5R #8–#2 BR40SPAST 1
1
50 — — Outdoor 5R #8–#2 BR50SPAST 2
1
Notes
1 Includes a GFTCB240 breaker, factory installed.
1
2 Includes a GFTCB250 breaker, factory installed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-61


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Riser Panel Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61
Riser Panel
1 Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . V1-T1-66
1 BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83

1
1
1
1
1
1 Riser Panel
1 Product Description Product Selection
Eaton’s Riser Panel is a
1 loadcenter with an offset BR1224L125RIS Riser Panel
interior to allow riser cables Maximum Number Wire Size Range
to pass through the enlarged 1-Inch (25.4 mm)
1 gutter. By using lay-in tap
Main Ampere
Rating Space Circuits
Enclosure
Type
Box
Size
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog
for Main Lugs Number
lugs, the contractor is able to
1 simply strip off a length of the
125 12 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR1224L125RIS

riser cable’s insulation, and 125 12 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR1224L125RISBP 1


1 tap off to the riser panel’s 125 20 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR2024L125RIS
main lugs. These panels are 125 20 24 Indoor C4 #6–2/0 BR2024L125RISBP 1
1 used in the construction of
assisted living homes, 125 20 30 Indoor C2 #6–2/0 BR2030L125RIS
dormitories, public housing 200 30 40 Indoor D1 #1–300 BR3040L200RIS
1 complexes and apartments.

1 BRGUTTER (Shown Riser Panel Accessories


with Loadcenter) Catalog Number
1 BRGUTTER 2

1 GTAP250

1
1
Notes
1 1 Bulk-packaged loadcenter without carton. Must be ordered in

multiples of 16.
2 Refer to Page V1-T1-79 for dimensions. BRGUTTER is box
1 size C2.

1 Accessories
1 For riser panels not shown, contact the Flex Center at
1-800-330-6479 for both CH and BR riser panels.
1
1
1

V1-T1-62 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
BR Renovation Loadcenters Contents
Description Page
1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46 1
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
Spa Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61 1
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
Type BR Renovation Loadcenter 1
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . V1-T1-66
BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83 1
1
1
1
1
1
Type BR Renovation Loadcenter 1
Product Description Features, Benefits and 1
● Available in 10, 20, 30 ● Type BR loadcenter Functions
and 40 circuit main packaged with circuit ● Factory-installed terminal ● Specifically designed for 1
breaker styles breakers block(s) allows installer to the service contractor—
● Designed to replace ● Factory-installed 5-circuit terminate existing short
wires without using wire
this is the ONLY renovation
line in the industry
1
existing loadcenters terminal block(s)
and fuse boxes nuts or junction boxes
● Twin-stacked neutral
design ● Twin-stacked neutrals are
● Single-pole and two-pole
breakers included
1
mounted up high in the 10-year warranty on
loadcenter, which allows

loadcenter and breakers


1
for all neutral and ground
wires to be terminated in 1
the top half of the
loadcenter 1
Product Selection
1
BR Value Packs 1
1
BR2020B100RN
Main
Breaker Wire Size
Number of
5-Circuit Single-Pole Two-Pole Catalog
1
Type Description Range Terminal Blocks Breakers Breakers Number
BR Single-phase 100 A 10k main breaker 10/20 #6–1/0 0 (2) BR115 (1) BR230 BR1020B100SRNV
1
10 kAIC circuit surface-mount box is 11.75" wide x 13" tall
Single-phase 100 A 10k main breaker 10/20 0 (2) BR115 (1) BR230 BR1020B100FRNV 1
circuit flush-mount box is 11.75" wide x 13" tall

Note
1
1 Indoor enclosure type.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-63


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Retrofit Interior Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
1 Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories
1 Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits
BR Specialty Product Selection . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-65
1 Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-68
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-74
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-78
1 Type BR Retrofit Type BR Retrofit Interior Collar BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83
Adjustable Interior and Assembly with Trim

1
1
1 Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits
1 Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s unique Retrofit The Retrofit Interior is ● Meets 2017 NEC wire
1 Interior allows the customer designed and tested Upgrading Existing Electrical bending requirements
to cost-effectively and safely specifically for renovating Infrastructure Is Simple ● UL 67 Listed (for UL
upgrade an electrical service an outdated electrical panel in ● Replaces vintage brands
1 without removing the existing an apartment, a condominium that have hard to find,
listings for specific part
numbers, see the table on
enclosure from the wall. or a single family home. expensive replacement the following page.
1 These outdated panels are breakers
being recognized by local ● Safety upgrade to arc fault
1 inspectors and other and ground fault breakers
authorities as a possible to meet current electrical
1 hazard. codes
● Maximizes number of
Opportunities to Retrofit
1 ● Single- or three-phase
circuits available with
compact design
Main lug only or main
1 ●

breaker
● Eco-friendly in asbestos-
filled environments
● Up to 42 circuits
1 ● Up to 225 A interiors,
● Exclusive design

400 A available upon Save Time and Money


1 request Throughout the Installation
● Available with CH breakers ● Uses existing panel
1 (3/4-inch) with copper bus box and wires
or BR breakers (1-inch) with ● Eliminates expensive and
1 aluminum bus time-consuming drywall/
● The minimum lifetime paint repair
1 warranty for residential ● Saves 2–3 hours of
breakers shall be as installation time compared
1 follows: to a complete panel
changeout
● 10-year warranty on all
1 BR branch breakers and
loadcenters
● Eliminates precise
measurements with field-
adjustable kit
1 ● Refer to Eaton for
complete warranty
details
1
1
1

V1-T1-64 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
BR Specialty Product Selection
To select the retrofit kit: 1
1. From the existing box How to Order: 1
size determine which 1. Measure the existing Need assistance or can’t find
retrofit groups are
suitable (may be more
panel enclosure to retrofit to fit existing 1
determine appropriate enclosure?
than one). kits for your project.
Call Eaton’s Residential Flex 1
2. Use type of interior, 2. Match the existing Center at 1-800-330-6479
number of phases, and
type of main to find the
dimensions with the or email for all your retrofit 1
table below to obtain the needs. Go to
selection chart. correct catalog number. www.eaton.com/eccn to
locate an Eaton Certified
1
3. Select part number from 3. Order your retrofit kit Contractor.
chart (if main breaker,
replace XXX with specific
from a local Eaton 1
authorized distributor.
amp rating).
1
Retrofit Interior Kit Specifications
Five recommended groups: existing box height determines retro group size. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).
1
Catalog
Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)
Minimum Maximum Minimum Minimum Spaces / UL 67
1
Number 1 Cover 2 Depth Depth Width Height Phase Main Bus Amperes 3 Circuits Listed
BR Retrofit Interiors and Covers
1
RTBR8L100P
RUBR8L100_
CRTBR8ML****
CRUBR8ML****
3.13 (79.5)
3.75 (95.3)
3.63 (92.2)
6.00 (152.4)
10.50 (266.7)
10.50 (266.7)
13.00 (330.2)
13.00 (330.2)
Single
Single
MLO
MLO
BR
BR
100
100
8/16
8/16
Yes
Yes
1
RTBR12L100P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MLO BR 100 12/24 Yes
1
RTBR10B100P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MLO BR 100 10/20 Yes
RUBR12L100_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MLO BR 100 12/24 Yes 1
RUBR10B100_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 10.50 (266.7) 14.50 (368.3) Single MB BR 100 10/20 Yes
RTBR12L125P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MLO BR 125 12/24 Yes 1
RTBR10B125P CRTBR12ML**** 3.13 (79.5) 3.63 (92.2) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MB BR 125 10/20 Yes
RUBR12L125_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MLO BR 125 12/24 Yes 1
RUBR10B125_ CRUBR12ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) Single MB BR 125 10/20 Yes
RABR20B125_ CRABR20ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MCB BR 125 20/24 No 1
RABR20L125_ CRABR20ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 21.00 (533.4) Single MLO BR 125 20/24 No
RBBR20B200_ CRBBR20BW**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 29.00 (736.6) Single MLO BR 200 20/40 No 1
RCBR40L200_ CRCBR40ML**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 34.00 (863.6) Single MLO BR 200 30/40 No
RDBR40B200_ CRDBR40BW**** 3.75 (95.3) 6.00 (152.4) 13.00 (330.2) 37.00 (939.8) Single MLO BR 200 40/40 No 1
Complete Assembly 1
Note: For complete assembly, interior and cover need to be ordered separately.
1
Adjustable Interior Standard Trim and Collar Notes
1 Catalog numbers shown with “_” at the
● Factory installed ground ● Standard trim matches end need one of the following suffixes to 1
and neutral bars positioned new interior denote depth:
to accept existing wires ● New circuit directory for J = 3.75–4.25
K = 4.25–5.00
1
● Field adjustable depth updated labeling L = 5.00–6.00
matches existing panel box ● Oversized collar eliminates Example: RUBR12L125J would signify an 1
● Adjustable height enables expensive wall/paint repair interior set with a depth range of 3.75 to
4.25 inches.
optional placement of the 2 ****Denotes characters in the catalog 1
interior number that relate to overall cover size.
● Field bondable for service
entrance options
Example: CRTBR12ML2620 would signify
a cover 26.00 inches H x 20.00 inches W.
1
3 Amperes for MB panels is maximum;

catalog number will reflect actual 1


amperage of breaker included.

Collar and Assembly with Trim For UL applications, maximum cover sizes
may apply.
1
1
Adjustable Interior
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-65


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Options and Accessories—Mechanical Interlocks Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
1 Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories
1 Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-64
Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-68
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-74
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-78
1 BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83
1
1
1
1 BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories
1 Product Selection
Plug-on Neutral Installation Kits and Parts
1 Plug-on Neutral Installation and Parts
Ordering
1 Description Quantity 1 Catalog Number
Bonding kit for bonding the neutral bus to the loadcenter 1 BONDKITP
1 Cover replacement latch—indoor loadcenters (white) 1 LATCHPW
Door replacement latch—outdoor loadcenters 1 CH3RLATCH
1 Incoming 2/0 neutral lug 1 NLP20
Incoming 300 kcmil neutral lug 1 NLP300
1 Screws used to mount loadcenter cover 25 LCCS
Screws used to mount loadcenter cover (white) 25 LCCSW
1 Spray paint—12 oz can (white) 1 SPCWH
Series rating caution label 25 SRL
1 Circuit directory (2) 42 Ckt cards, (2) adhesive plastic sleeves 12 CKTDIR
Circuit directory—adhesive backed 10 TCD
1 Keyed door lock for loadcenter trim door 1 TDL
Terminal insulator kit—Type CSR, CSH, BW, BWH mains 10 TICSR300
1 Terminal insulator kit—Type CH, BR, BRH, BRHH, BRX mains 10 TIMCB3/0
5 circuit terminal block for renovation 1 RN5TB
1 Retaining bracket for backfed main breaker—BR 1 BRPHD
Mechanical interlock kit for BR loadcenters with backfed main breaker 1 BRPMIKBR 2
1 Bulk pack—mechanical interlock kit for BR loadcenters with backfed main breaker 10 BRPMIKBRP 2
Mechanical interlock kit for BR loadcenters with Type CSR main breaker 1 BRPMIKCSR 2
1 Bulk pack—mechanical interlock kit for BR loadcenters with Type CSR main breaker 10 BRPMIKCSRP 2
Gutter tap kit for riser panels (250 mcm) 1 GTAP250
1 Loadcenter auxiliary gutter 1 BRPGUTTER
Replacement main lugs for 200 A/225 A MLO or convertible panels (#1–300 kcmil) 1 BRPL200
1 1 inch filler plates for branch breakers slot in BR loadcenter 25 BRFP
Multipack—1 inch filler plates for branch breakers slot in BR loadcenter (5 pieces) 1 BRFPP
1 Circuit marking strip for BR loadcenter cover/ door 1 BRMS
CSR main breaker filler plate (gray) 1 CSRFPG
1 Cover replacement latch—indoor loadcenters (gray) 1 LATCHPG
Spray paint—12 oz can (ANSI 61 light gray) 1 SPC61
1 Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
1 2 Not compatible with legacy style BR loadcenters.

V1-T1-66 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
BRSF125 Legacy Field Installation Kits and Parts
Number Ampere Number of 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wire Size Range Ordering Catalog
1
of Poles Rating Spaces Needed Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Quantity 1 Number
Main and Sub-Feed Lug Blocks
1
2 125 2 #8–2/0 1 BRSF125
1
3BRS225 150 2 #8–2/0 1 BRSF150 2
225 4 #2–300 kcmil 1 BRS225 1
3 150 3 #8–2/0 1 3BRSF150 2
225 6 #2–300 kcmil 1 3BRS225 1
Main Lugs
Two-pole, 200 A stud mounted (includes deadfront filler plate) #1–300 kcmil 1 BRL200
1
BRL200 Neutral/ground lug
Add-on neutral or ground lug
#2/0 maximum 1 NL20
1
#3/0 maximum 1 NL30
300 kcmil maximum 1 NL300 1
Filler Plates
1-inch (25.4 mm) circuit breaker space 25 BRFP 1
TDL BW main circuit breaker space (with hardware) 1 BWFP
Door lock —12–42 circuits, and 100–225 A 1 TDL
1
Door lock—4–8 circuits, 125 A 1 CH9FL 1
ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for current loadcenters 1 SPC61
Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits) 1 BINA 1
Circuit directory—adhesive backed 10 TCD
Cover screws 25 LCCS
1
Cover replacement latch (gray) 14-5/16 (363.5 mm) wide loadcenters only 1 BRRL
1
Circuit marking strip (next to breaker) 10 BRMS
Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels) 25 CHBL 1
Series rated caution label 25 SRL
Bonding strip with screw 1 BSSUSE 1

Three-Phase Accessories
1
Three-Phase Main Breaker Kits—10 kAIC
1
Ampere
Rating
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
Catalog
Number
1
100 #6–4/0 CC3100N
1
125 #6–4/0 CC3125N
150 #6–4/0 CC3150N 1
175 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3175N
200 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3200N 1
225 #2/0–300 kcmil CC3225N
1
Three-Phase Main Lugs Kit for Convertible Loadcenters
1
Ampere Wire Size Range Catalog
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Number
1
225 #1–300 kcmil 3BRL225
225 #1–300 kcmil 3BRS225 3 1
Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated. 1
2 #8–2/0 wire size range is 75 °C rated only.
3 For subfeed.
1
Box sizes Pages V1-T1-78 through V1-T1-82.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-67


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits Contents


1 Description Page
1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
1 Spa Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
1 Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories
1 Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-64
Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-68
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-74
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-78
1 BR Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-83
1
Type BR Loadcenter with
1 Mechanical Interlock Kit

1
1 Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits
1 Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
With the aging electrical ● Prevents utility and ● UL 67 Listed—For use with
1 infrastructure and frequent generator supplies from BR loadcenters
severe storms, power being on at the same time ● Meets NEC® Article 702
outages are becoming more
1 and more frequent, affecting
● Protects utility linemen
from dangerous generator
thousands of people backfeed
1 nationwide. Eaton mechanical ● Robust interlock design
interlock kit provides an easy
1 and cost-effective solution
● Offered in two unique
styles for almost any BR Product Selection
when using backup
loadcenter, which can Each mechanical interlock kit Warranty information:
1 emergency power.
reduce inventory levels includes:
This solution expands the
● 10-year warranty on all
● Quick and easy
1 robust line of emergency installation—drill points or
● Interlock assembly Type BR circuit breakers
and loadcenters
power products and fixtures for pilot holes are
● Hold down kit 1
1 accessories. provided on all applicable ● New labels ● Refer to Eaton for
complete warranty details
BR loadcenters; no ● Necessary screws
1 additional assembly is
Mechanical Interlock Kits 2
required
1 Legacy
Style Loadcenters
Plug-On Neutral
Style Loadcenters
Description Catalog Number Catalog Number
1 BRMIKBR Single BRMIKBR BRPMIKBR

1 Bulk pack 3 BRMIKBRBP BRPMIKBRBP

1
1 BRMIKCSR Single BRMIKCSR BRPMIKCSR
Bulk pack 3 BRMIKCSRBP BRPMIKCSRBP
1
1
1 Notes

1 1 For breakers under 70 A used in backfed applications, add “B” to the end of the catalog string

to get the appropriate “hold-down” version.


2 Clamshell packaged.

1 3 Bulk pack contains 10 units, individually packaged.

V1-T1-68 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Mechanical Interlock Cover
Covers mechanically interlock 1
two breakers—Type BW
or CSR main breaker with a 1
Type BR branch breaker.
1
Mechanical Interlock Cover 1
Mechanical Interlock
Fits Loadcenter Trim/Deadfront Mechanical Interlock Kit 1
Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers
Indoor 1
BR816B100 BRCOVC10M BRMIKBR
BR816N100
1
BR1212B100 BRCOVC12M
1
BR1220B100
BR1220H100 1
BR1224N125 BRCOVC13M
BR1616B100 BRCOVC16M 1
BR1620B100
BR1624B100
1
BR1624B125 BRCOVC17M
1
BR1624N125
BR2020B100, BR2020BC100 BR2020H100, BRCOVC22M 1
BR2020HC100
BR2024H100 1
BR2020HC100
BR2030B100 1
BR2040B100
BR2024B125 BRCOVC23M
1
BR2024N125, BR2024NC125
1
BR3030B100, BR3030BC100 BRCOVC59M
BR3030H100, BR3030HC100 1
Raintight
BR1020B100R BR3RDF1M Field-installed interlock kits not 1
available for these catalog numbers.
BR1224B100R
BR1224N125R, BR1224NC125R
1
BR1624B100R BR3RDF2M 1
BR1624N125R
BR2024B100R, BR2024B125R BR3RDF4M 1
BR2024N125R, BR2024NC125R
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-69


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Mechanical Interlock Cover, continued


1 Mechanical Interlock
Fits Loadcenter Trim/Deadfront Mechanical Interlock Kit
1 Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers Catalog Numbers
Indoor
1 BR1630B150 BRCOV16C4FM BRMIKCSR
BR1224N200
1 BR1632B200

1 BR1632N200
BR2030B150 BRCOV20C4FM
1 BR2030H150
BR2040B150
1 BR2040B200, BR2040BC200 BRCOV20D1FM

1 BR2040H200
BR2040N200, BR2040NC200
1 BR2430B150, BR2430BC150 BRCOV30G1FM
BR3030B150
1 BR3030H150
BR3040B150
1 BR2440B200

1 BR2440N200
BR3040BC200
1 BR3040N200, BR3040NC200
BR4040BC200 BRCOV40L1FM
1 BR4040N200, BR4040NC200
BR4242B225 BRCOV42L2FM
1 Raintight

1 BR816B150RF BR3RDF5M 1
BR816B200RF
1 BR816N200RF
BR1224N200R
1 BR2030B150R BR3RDF11M 1

1 BR2040B150R
BR2040B200R
1 BR2040B225R
BR2040N200R
1 BR3030B150R BR3RDF12M 1
BR3040B200R
1 BR3040N200R

1 BR4040B200R BR3RDF13M 1
BR4040N200R
1 BR48B200RF BR3RDF14M
BR4242B225R BR3RDF15M 1
1 Mechanical Interlock Loadcenter Replacement Covers 2
BR2020B100M, BR2020BC100M BRCOV20C2FM Field-installed interlock kits not
1 BR2024H100M
available for these catalog numbers.

1 BR3030BC100M BRCOV30D1FM

Notes
1 1 Deadfront only.
2 Can only be provided as replacement covers for factory-installed mechanically interlock loadcenters.

1
1

V1-T1-70 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Field Installable Rainproof Conduit Hubs
Conduit Size— Ordering
1
Description Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Catalog Number
Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures 0.75 (19.1) 1 DS075H1
1
and the following 150 and 200 A panels: BR48B200RF
1.00 (25.4) 1 DS100H1
1
1.25 (31.8) 1 DS125H1
1.50 (38.1) 1 DS150H1 1
2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H1
Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225 A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures 2.00 (50.8) 1 DS200H2 1
except for the following 200 A loadcenters: BR48B200RF. Also for use with 400 and 600 A loadcenters
2.50 (63.5) 1 DS250H2
and New York City loadcenters manufactured after November 1, 2005
3.00 (76.2) 1 DS300H2
1
Type H conduit hubs for loadcenters PL0724R and S3100RN 0.75 (19.1) 1 RH75P
1
1.00 (25.4) 1 RH100P
1.25 (31.8) 1 RH125P 1
1.50 (38.1) 1 RH150P
Adapter kit—Allows Installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs — 1 DS900AP 1
Group 1 small blank hub plate with bump — 1 DS900CP1
Group 2 Large blank hub plate with bump — 1 DS900CP2
1
Note 1
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-71


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

GBKP14 Plug-on Neutral Ground Bar Kits


1 Length Ordering
Description (See Legend) Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Catalog Number
1 dsssssdsssss 4.05 1 GBKP10 2
dsssssdsssss GBKP1020 2
1 5.05 1
dsssssdsssssj 4.05 1 GBKP10P 23
1 dsssssdsssssssss 5.39 1 GBKP14 2
dsssssdsssssssssj 6.39 1 GBKP1420 2
1 dsssssdsssssssss 5.39 1 GBKP14P 23
dsssssdssssssssssssssss 7.72 1 GBKP21 2
1 dsssssdssssssssssssssssj 8.72 1 GBKP2120 2

1 dsssssdssssssssssssssss 7.72 1 GBKP21P 23


dsssssd 2.39 1 GBKP5 2
1 dsssssdj 3.39 1 GBKP520 2
dsssssd 2.39 1 GBKP5P 23
1
1 GBK14 Legacy Ground Bar Kits
Description Length Ordering Catalog
1 (See Legend) Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Number

dssssds 2.54 (64.5) 1 GBK5 2


1 BRGBK39512 dssssdsj 3.59 (91.2) 1 GBK520 2

1 dssssdssssss 4.29 (109.0) 1 GBK10 2


dssssdssssssj 5.34 (135.6) 1 GBK1020 2
1 dssssdssssssssss 5.69 (144.5) 1 GBK14 2
dssssdssssssssssj 6.74 (171.2) 1 GBK1420 2
1 dssssdsssssssssssssssss 8.14 (206.8) 1 GBK21 2
dssssdsssssssssssssssssj 9.19 (233.4) 1 GBK2120 23
1
Ground Bar Legend
1 s = (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al
j = (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al
d = Mounting hole
1
Notes
1 1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Distance between mounting holes is 2 inches (50.8 mm).
3 Individually packaged.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-72 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Loadcenter Goof Collars
Don’t let an ugly drywall This is often necessary when 1
problem ruin a beautiful upgrading the electrical
electrical installation. service and the drywall 1
surrounding the panel is
Eaton’s Goof Collar is
designed to cover gaps
damaged. The collar allows 1
2 inches of overhang beyond
between the finished drywall the standard flush trim.
and loadcenter enclosure. 1
1
1
SCOTT 1
HAS 1
PHOTO 1
1
Before After
1
BR Goof Collars
Inches (mm) Catalog Number 1
Height Width BR Box Size Goof Collar
21.00 (533.4) 19.00 (482.6) B1 BRB1GC2119
1
23.00 (584.2) 19.00 (482.6) B2 BRB2GC2319
1
25.00 (635.0) 19.00 (482.6) C1 BRC1GC2519
27.00 (685.8) 19.00 (482.6) C2 BRC2GC2719 1
31.00 (787.4) 19.00 (482.6) C4 BRC4GC3119
34.00 (863.6) 19.00 (482.6) D1 BRD1GC3419 1
38.00 (965.2) 19.00 (482.6) G1 BRG1GC3819
43.00 (1092.2) 19.00 (482.6) L1 BRL1G4319
1
48.00 (1219.2) 19.00 (482.6) L2 BRL2GC4819
1
Note
Type BD Duplex, BQ and BQC Quadplex circuit breakers can be installed in Circuit Limiting (CTL)
listed BR loadcenters. Type BR twin breakers can be installed in Non-CTL BR loadcenters.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-73


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications


1
General Manufacturers Construction Bus
A. Eaton.
1 A. The Contractor shall
furnish and install
A. All interiors, with the
exception of the branch
A. Busbars for the main and
cross connectors shall be
Ratings
deadfront loadcenters circuit breakers, shall [tin-plated aluminum]
1 incorporating circuit
A. Loadcenters shall be
be completely factory [copper] in accordance
rated for 120/240 Vac and
breakers of the number, assembled with main with Underwriters
1 rating and type as
shall have short-circuit
ratings as shown on the
breakers, main lugs, Laboratories standards.
specified herein and or no main device. Busing shall be braced
drawings or
1 as shown on the
as herein scheduled, B. Interiors shall be
throughout to conform to
contract drawings. industry standard practice
but not less than designed so that circuit governing short-circuit
1 B. The loadcenter and all 10,000 amperes rms breakers can be replaced stresses in loadcenters.
components shall be symmetrical. without disturbing
1 designed, manufactured
B. Circuit breakers shall be a
adjacent units and Note: Note to spec writer—
select one (copper available
and tested in accordance without removing the
minimum of 125 A in limited ratings).
1 with the latest applicable
standards of UL, NEMA
frame. Circuit breakers
main bus connectors and
shall be designed so that
15 through 125 A trip size B. Neutral busing shall
and NEC including: circuits may be changed
1 shall take up the same
without machining, have a suitable lug for
1. UL 67—Standards pole spacing. each outgoing feeder
drilling, or tapping.
1 for Panelboards.
C. Loadcenters shall be
C. Physical means shall be
requiring a neutral
connection of same
C. UL 50—Standards for labeled with a UL short-
provided to prevent the ampacity as branch.
1 Cabinets and Boxes. circuit rating. When
installation of more
series combination Wiring/Termination
D. UL 489—Standards for overcurrent devices than
1 Molded Case Circuit
ratings are applied
with integral or remote
that number for which A. All wire connectors and
the enclosure was terminals shall be of the
Breakers. upstream devices, a label anti-turn solderless type
1 shall be provided. Series
designed, rated and
and shall be suitable for
E. UL 869—Standards for approved. Half-size
Service Equipment. combination ratings shall copper or aluminum wire
1 cover all trip ratings of
breakers shall have a
UL listed rejection tab of the sizes indicated. All
F. Federal Specification installed frames. It shall connectors must meet
over the line terminals.
1 W-C 375B—Circuit state the conditions of
Loadcenter interiors the “Requirements for
Breakers. the UL series ratings Wire Connectors and
must have notched stabs
1 G. Federal Specification
including:
to accept these rejection Soldering Lugs” as
stated in UL 486B.
W-C P115b—Panel 1. Size and type of tab class CTL breakers, if
1 Power Distribution upstream device. required and approved. B. All loadcenters where
Type 1, Class 2. marked shall be suitable
2. Branch devices that can
1 Qualifications be used.
for use with 60 °C or
75 °C rated wire.
A. The manufacturer of the
1 loadcenter shall be the 3. UL series short
circuit rating.
manufacturer of the
1 circuit breaker within
the loadcenter.
1 B. For the equipment
specified herein, the
1 manufacturer shall be
ISO 9000 certified.
1 C. The manufacturer of
this equipment shall have
1 produced similar
electrical equipment
1 for a minimum period
of seven (7) years.
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-74 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Circuit Breakers Surge Protection Devices Finish
A. Circuit breakers shall G. Branch circuit breakers See Volume 1, Tab 2 for A. Trims shall be bonderized 1
be molded case type. may also be used in complete details on and finished with a light
Circuit breakers shall the 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) surge protection. gray ANSI-61 enamel. 1
have four-rivet per pole ratings that The paint finish shall be
construction (GFI Type— Enclosures
5 rivets). Multipole circuit
include two-pole 1-inch
(25.4 mm) wide modules A. Loadcenter shall have
of a type to which field
applied paint will adhere.
1
breakers shall be of a and four-pole 2-inch NEMA Type 1 general
stack pole design to (50.8 mm) wide purpose or NEMA Type Factory Testing 1
provide electrical modules. Two-pole circuit 3R rainproof enclosures A. The standard factory
phase isolation. breakers must as indicated on the
drawings and shall be
tests shall be performed
on the equipment
1
incorporate a common
B. Each pole of the surface or combination provided under this
circuit breaker will
trip mechanism.
flush/surface mounted section. All tests shall 1
provide inverse time H. Circuit breakers shall except where noted. be in accordance with
delay overload and be completely enclosed the latest version of UL 1
instantaneous short- in a molded case of B. Boxes shall be made and NEMA.
from galvanized sheet
circuit protection by thermoset material.
steel having multiple
1
means of both thermal No internal aluminum
and magnetic sensors. knockouts. Rainproof
parts shall be used. All
internal ferrous parts boxes shall use 1
C. The circuit breaker shall be plated to galvanized steel or
calibration shall prevent corrosion. an approved coating 1
not be affected by system which meets or
environmental changes
in relative humidity.
I. All terminals shall be
listed for use with copper
exceeds standards for
outdoor NEMA Type 3R
1
The thermal bimetal or aluminum conductors. enclosures. Boxes shall
element shall be welded Terminals shall be of the be of sufficient size to 1
to the steel frame and box lug or clamp type provide at least a
calibration shall be set design. The terminals minimum code gutter 1
independent of the shall meet UL 486B space on all sides.
molded case by computer requirements and shall
C. The deadfront shall
1
controlled equipment. be suitable for use with
have an easy adjustment
D. All circuit breakers
either 60 °C or
75 °C wire. feature for flush 1
shall be operated by applications.
a toggle-type handle J. The calibrated bimetal
D. Boxes shall be factory
1
and multipole circuit assembly shall be
assembled into a single
breakers shall have an
internal common trip
mechanically isolated
from the load terminal rigid structure. 1
mechanism. The using a flexible braided
circuit breakers shall copper shunt wire, such
E. Unless otherwise noted
on drawings, hinged
1
incorporate trip that movement of the doors covering all circuit
mechanisms that are terminals due to twisting breaker handles shall 1
mechanically trip-free and overtorquing does be included in all trims.
from the handle. The not affect breaker Trim doors shall not 1
handle position shall calibration. uncover any live parts
provide visual trip in making the circuit 1
indication. K. Breakers shall be SWD
rated and/or HACR rated breaker handles
E. Contacts shall be of as required. accessible. If key locks 1
non-welding silver alloy. are required, all locks
L. Arc Fault Interrupting shall be keyed alike.
F. All circuit breakers shall circuit breakers, (AFI), 1
have the trip rating shall be provided on all F. Combination trims for
inscribed on the handle 15 and 20 A single-phase flush and surface panels
shall be flat and shall
1
on each circuit breaker 120/240 Vac circuits
overlap the box by at
pole. Also, unique color-
coded cases that indicate
except those indicated as
least 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) 1
remote controlled
the UL listed 10 kA or breakers. AFI breakers all around. Trims shall
22 kA interrupting shall be “Classified for be mounted by a 1
ratings. Breakers shall mitigating the effects of screwdriver without the
be able to be used arcing faults,” or need for special tools. 1
as main or branch conforming to UL
disconnect devices. Standard 1699 and as 1
defined by Article 210.12
Section A of the 1999
NEC Code.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-75


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

BR Loadcenters
1 Description

1 Service
Single-phase, three-wire, 120/240 Vac Three-phase, four-wire, 208Y/120 Vac
1 Three-phase, three-wire, 240 Vac delta
Short-Circuit Current Rating
1 10 kAIC: All single- and three-phase loadcenters 70–225 A, 8 to 42 circuits 25 kAIC: All convertible and factory-installed single-phase loadcenters rated
22 kAIC: All convertible loadcenters using 125 A rated Type BRH main breakers or 150 and 200 A using Type CSR main breakers
1 selected factory installed 125 A rated Type BRH main breaker
Main Breaker/Main Lug Loadcenters
1 Single-phase Three-phase
Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A Main breaker: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A
1 Main lugs: 70, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A Main lugs: 100, 125, 150, 200, 225, 400, 600 A
Convertible Loadcenters

1 Main breaker: single-phase up to 200 A and three-phase up to 225 A Main lugs: single-phase up to 200 A and three-phase up to 150 A
Branch Breakers
1 Types BR, BRH and BRHH: 10–150 A. single-, two- and three-pole; selected amperage Type BQ and BQC Multibreaker: 15–30 A. Two of two-pole or one two-pole and
available in switching duty, HACR, shunt trip and high magnetic setting two one-pole; takes two 1-inch (25.4 mm) spaces
1 Type GFTCB: 15–60 A Type BRW: 15–30 A; two-pole water heater breakers
Types BJ and BJH: 125–225 A; two- and three-pole Type BRSN: 15–30 A; two-pole switching neutral breakers
1 Type BD Twin: 10–50 A; two of one-pole; take one 1-inch (25.4 mm) space Type BR 15–100 A; two-pole, 240 Vac delta breakers
BR-AFCI arc fault circuit interrupter

1 Enclosures
NEMA Type 1 indoor NEMA 4X
1 NEMA Type 3R outdoor Meets or exceeds UL requirements for indoor or outdoor applications
Loadcenter and Breaker Accessories
1 Branch circuit breaker: Surge protection:
Auxiliary components Hold-down kits Handle ties Single-phase plug-on surge protector Single-phase bottle type surge protector
1 Lockoffs Lockdogs
Complete line of ground bar kits 5, 10, 14 and 21 circuit, some with additional #2/0 lugs;
Three-phase bottle type surge protector
Universal rainproof conduit hubs
Single-phase whole home surge protector

each terminal will accommodate: (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al Group One: 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2 inches (19.1, 25.4, 31.8, 38.1, 50.8 mm)
1 Main and sub-feed lugs 125, 150, 225 A—two- and three-pole Group Two: 2, 2-1/2, 3 inches (50.8, 63.5, 76.2 mm)
Shunt trips Adapter plate
1 Bussing
Tin-plated aluminum as standard Limited copper bus panels available
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-76 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
BR Series Ratings
Meter Module Tenant Feeder Breaker Type Tenant
1
Main Module Overcurrent Device System AIC Rating 1MM, 3MM, 35MM, 37MM, 35SS, 37SS or Feeder Breaker Loadcenter Branch Breaker
Breaker Type or Class Fuse 120/240 Vac Maximum Loadcenter Main Breaker Short-Circuit Rating (Single-, Two- or Three-Pole) 1
None 10,000 None N/A BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, BRCAF, GFTCB, ETN01
Without Main Disconnect 10,000 BR, CC, BW, CCV 10,000 — 1
22,000 BRH 22,000 —
Cable Tap Box
Type 1MTB, 3MTB 25,000 CSR 25,000 —
1
Main Switch Module 42,000 CVS 2 42,000 — 1
Type 1MFS, 3MFS and 1BPS, 3BPS 25,000 CCVH 3 25,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFTCB, ETN01

Main Breaker Module 42,000 BRHH 42,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, BRCAF, ETN01 1
Type 1MCB, 3MCB 1 65,000 BRX 4 65,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFTCB, ETN01
65,000 CV 2 65,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC,BRCAF, GFTCB
1
100,00 CVH 100,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC
1
65,000 T or J Fuse (200 A Max) 5 65,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, BRH, ETN01
Main Breaker Module
Type 1MCB, 3MCB
65,000 BRHX 22,000 BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, ETN01 1
RGH 1600 A
NGS 1200 A 1
MDL 800 A
LGS/LD 600 A
HKD/KD 400 A 1
Main Switch Module 100,000 BRH 22,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFTCB, ETN01
Type 1MFS, 3MFS with Class T Fuse 1
600 A Max
Main Switch Module 100,000 BRHH 42,000 BD, BR, BRD, BQ, BQC, GFTCB, ETN01 1
Type 1MFS, 3MFS with Class T Fuse
1200 A Max
1
Notes
1 For 100 kAIC systems the main needs to be rated to 100 kAIC.
2 GFTCB (40 A maximum).
1
3 GFTCB (1-pole 30 A maximum, 2-pole 50 A maximum).
4 GFTCB (1-pole 20 A maximum, 2-pole 40 A maximum). 1
5 GFTCB 2-pole (50 A maximum).

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-77


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Dimensions
1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1 Residential/Commercial/New York City Loadcenters, Unit Enclosures—Box Sizes


Note: Box sizes do not include covers/fronts.
1 Plug-on Neutral Residential Loadcenters— Legacy Residential Loadcenters—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor
NEMA Type 1 Indoor
1 Box Size Height Width Depth
Box Size Height Width Depth
B1R 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 X0 16.75 (425.5) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) B2R 18.75 (476.3) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
X1 18.75 (476.3) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) C3R 25.00 (635.0) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 X2 21.00 (533.4) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
D1R 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
X3 23.00 (584.2) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1 X4 27.00 (685.8) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
G1R 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
L1R 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 X5 29.13 (739.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
L2R 45.00 (1143.0) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
X6 34.13 (866.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) L3R 48.75 (1238.2) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 X7 37.00 (939.8) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) 2R 8.63 (219.1) 5.00 (127.0) 3.50 (88.9)
X8 39.00 (990.6) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
3R 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2)
1 X9 45.00 (1,143.0) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5) 4R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)
X10 48.38 (1,228.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1 5R 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2)
6R 11.75 (298.5) 6.50 (165.1) 4.50 (114.3)
1 Legacy Residential Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor 7R 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)
Box Size Height Width Depth 8R 27.00 (685.8) 10.50 (266.7) 4.75 (120.7)
1 A1 15.00 (381.0) 11.25 (285.8) 3.75 (95.3) 9R 14.25 (362.0) 6.50 (165.1) 4.00 (101.6)
B1 16.75 (425.5) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4) C1R 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 5.19 (131.8)
1 B2 18.75 (476.3) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
Commercial Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor
1 C1 21.00 (533.4) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
C2 23.00 (584.2) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4) Box Size Height Width Depth

1 C4 27.00 (685.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4) 19 44.00 (1117.6) 16.16 (410.4) 6.25 (158.8)
D1 29.13 (739.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4) 20 44.00 (1117.6) 16.16 (410.4) 6.25 (158.8)
1 G1 34.13 (866.8) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4) 22 54.00 (1371.6) 16.22 (412.0) 6.31 (160.3)
L1 39.00 (990.6) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4) 24 66.50 (1689.1) 16.22 (412.0) 6.31 (160.3)
1 L2 45.00 (1143.0) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
Commercial Loadcenters—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor
1 L3 48.38 (1228.3) 14.31 (363.5) 3.88 (98.4)
2 8.63 (219.1) 5.00 (127.0) 3.50 (88.9) Box Size Height Width Depth

1 3 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2) 42 38.00 (965.2) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)

4 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5) 43 44.00 (1117.6) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)
1 5 9.44 (239.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.00 (76.2) 46 54.00 (1371.6) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)
47 66.56 (1690.7) 16.31 (414.3) 6.38 (161.9)
1 6 12.00 (304.8) 6.88 (174.6) 4.50 (114.3)
7 13.00 (330.2) 11.00 (279.4) 3.56 (90.5)
New York City Loadcenters—NEMA Type 1 Indoor
1 9 14.50 (368.3) 6.50 (165.1) 3.50 (88.9)
Box Size Height Width Depth

1 A 38.00 (965.2) 18.13 (460.4) 5.00 (127.0)


B 44.00 (1117.6) 18.13 (460.4) 5.00 (127.0)
1 C 66.50 (1689.1) 18.13 (460.4) 6.25 (158.8)

1 ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 1 Indoor


Height Width Depth
1
23.25 (590.6) 8.88 (225.4) 4.50 (114.3)

1
ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor
1 Height Width Depth
23.68 (601.7) 9.31 (236.5) 5.44 (138.1)
1

V1-T1-78 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Residential Loadcenter Knockouts
1
Knockouts for Box Sizes A1, B1, B2, C1, C2, C4, D1, G1, L1, Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and
L2, B1R, B2R, C1R, C3R, D1R, G1R, L1R, L2R NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures 1
Code Diameter
A 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — — —
06 (52.3) Dia.
25A Max.)
06 (77.7) Dia.
25A Max.)
Hub
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO
A
H
B
B
B
I
B
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO

B
B A A
B E
1
A B B B B
B 0.50 (12.7) — — — —
C 0.50 (12.7) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) E E
1
D D D D

D 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) — E


B
A A
E
B 1
E 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) — — B A A B
B B
A

1
A
F 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) E E

D D D D D D
D
G 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) — — B
E E E
D

H 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) .45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO
A A B B B
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO
B A
1
A A B B B B A
I B I B H
B B H B
I 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) B E B A

1
E A B B B
B B B B

J 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) — — Outdoor Boxes Indoor Boxes
B1R, B2R, C1R, C3R, D1R, B1, B2
G1R, L1R, L2R 1
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO .45 (11.4) Dia. KO
B B B B B B B B

1
J A B B A A
B A E B H B I B
A B E
B B B B

A
J

A
J D D
E E
D D
1
E E
B A A
B B
B

B
B

B
B A

B A
A B

A B
1
B
B B B B
A A
J

J
A

J
E

J
E

D D D
E

D
1
B B
E
B
J B B B
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO
A A B B
B I
B
.45 (11.4) Dia. KO

B
B
H
A
1
B A B B
E B B B B A

Indoor Boxes
A1
Indoor Boxes
C1, C2, C4, D1, G1, L1, L2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-79


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures


1 Box Sizes for X1–X9
1 Box Size Height Width Depth
X1 18.90 (480.1) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1 X2 21.10 (535.9) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
X3 23.10 (586.7) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1 X4 27.10 (688.3) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)

1 X5 29.20 (741.7) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)


X6 34.20 (868.7) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1 X7 37.10 (942.3) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
X8 39.10 (993.1) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)
1 X9 45.10 (1145.5) 14.30 (363.2) 3.80 (96.5)

1 Knockout Positions

1 D
D
D

1
1 H
H
H

1
1 Canada Case
with extra KOs
on the side
W USA Case
Canada Case
with extra KOs
on the side
W USA Case Canada Case
with extra KOs
on the side
W USA Case

1 X1 X2 X3

1 D
D
D

1
1 H H
H

1
1
1
Canada Case W USA Case W
with extra KOs Canada Case USA Case
Canada Case W USA Case with extra KOs
on the side with extra KOs on the side
on the side

1 X4 X5 X6

1
D D D

1
1
1
H H H

1
1
1 Canada Case W USA Case
Canada Case W USA Case Canada Case W with extra KOs
USA Case
with extra KOs with extra KOs on the side
on the side on the side

1 X7 X8 X9

V1-T1-80 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Knockouts for Box Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 2R, 3R, 4R, 5R, 6R,
7R, 8R, 9R 1
Code Diameter
A 0.50 (12.7) — — —
1
B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —
1
C 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) —
D 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1
E 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) —
F 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1
G 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) —
H 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)
1
I 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) — 1
Residential NEMA Type 1 Indoor and NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Enclosures 1
Mounting
Hole for R
1.00–1.25 KO
(25.4–31.8) KO F
A
A
Hub B
D
G
A B B 1
5/16 (7.9) A A A A A A
Screw .50–.75

6.38 2.38
(12.7–19.1) E
A A
E A A
G G B B 1
A A
(161.9) (60.3) B
.31 (7.9)
D
A
D D
1
A
C C A
.50–1.00–1.25 .50–.75–1.00 G G
(12.7–25.4–31.8) (12.7–19.1–25.4)
A
A A A A A A
A
1
Box 2, 2R F
A
A
G
F B

Box 3
A D A B B
1
Box 3R Box 4
1
A B B
Hub F Hub H Hub
A A A
1
D A F C F F
A 1
B B
A A

G G D D D D D D F F C F D F B D
1
A A A
B
D
G
A
A A A

B B
F
A
A
F
A
A
A

B
H
A

B
B
H
B 1
Box 4R Box 5 Box 5R Box 6 Box 6R 1
B C
G
A B B Hub Hub
A A
G
B
Hub
1
A A A A A A C A

G G B B G G B G 1
B B B
A

C C
B
C C B
B
B
1
G C F G G C F G I C I C I G G G G G G
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
1
G G A A A A G C G C
B C B B B C B B
1
A A
C B B C B A A B A

Box 7 Box 7R Box 8R Box 9 Box 9R


1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-81


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)


1
Commercial Loadcenter Knockouts
1
NEMA Type 1 Indoor Commercial Enclosures Indoor Commercial Enclosures
1 Knockouts for Box Sizes 19, 20, 22, 24
A
Code Diameter H B B A
E B B B B B
C E H
1 A 0.50 (12.7) — — —
B B B C

B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —


1 C 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) —

1 D 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2)


E 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) —
1 F 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) —

1
NEMA Type 3R Outdoor Commercial Enclosures
1 Knockouts for Box Sizes 42, 43, 46, 47
Code Diameter
1 A 0.50 (12.7) — — —
B 0.50 (12.7) 0.75 (19.1) — —
1 C 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (31.8) — D D D D E E E E

1 D 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) —


A C
B B B
B B
F E
A C
B B B
B B
F E
E 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) —
1 F 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) — Box 19, 20 Box 22, 24
G 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)
1 H 3.25 (82.6) Sq. — — —
Outdoor Commercial Enclosures

1
Unit Enclosure Knockouts, Types ECB and ECC Knockouts HUB HUB HUB HUB

1 Code Diameter
NEMA Type 1 Indoor (Flush and Surface Trims)
1 A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —
B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)
1 NEMA Type 3R Outdoor

1 A 0.50 (12.7) — — — —
B 1.25 (31.8) 1.50 (38.1) 1.75 (44.5) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5)
1
1
D E E E D
1 C B B B
D E E E D
B B
G F
C B B B
1 A
B B
F E

Box 42 A
1 Box 43, 46, 47

Unit Enclosure Knockouts


1
A
B HUB
1
B B B
1
1
B B B B B B
1 B B
A A

1 NEMA Type 1—Indoor NEMA Type 3R—Outdoor

V1-T1-82 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
BR Circuit Breakers Contents
Description Page
1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-46 1
BR Plug-on Neutral Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-58
Spa Panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-61 1
Riser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-62
Type BR Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-63 1
BR Loadcenter Options and Accessories
Type BR Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-64 1
Type BR Mechanical Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-68
BR Circuit Breakers
1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-84
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-91
1
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-93 1
1
1
BR Circuit Breakers 1
Product Description 1
Plug-on Branch Feeder Type Plug-on Combination Type Plug-on Ground Fault Circuit The figures are shown with 1
Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Breakers, Type GFTCB and a 120/240 Vac, single-phase,
Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac GFEP—10/22 kAIC, 120 Vac three-wire power source,
and 120/240 Vac and 120/240 Vac and 120/240 Vac but are also applicable to a 1
A branch feeder type arc fault A combination type arc Ground Fault 120/208 Vac, three-phase,
circuit interrupter is a device fault circuit interrupter is a Application Notes four-wire power supply. 1
intended to mitigate high device that includes all of Single-pole GFTCBs are For all figures, the electrical
current arcing faults in the
complete circuit, including
the protection offered by the
branch feeder AFCI (mitigation
designed for use in two- operation of the GFTCB is 1
wire, 120 Vac circuits. See not affected by the
connected cords. High of high current arcing faults in equipment ground.
current arcing faults can the complete circuit, including
Page V1-T1-93 for a typical
wiring configuration.
1
occur from line to neutral or connected cords). In addition Non-CTL Plug-on Replacement
line to ground. These arcing it provides direct detection of Two-pole GFTCBs are —Circuit Breakers, Type BRD— 1
faults are in parallel with the persistent low current arcing designed for use in three- 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac
load and produce the most faults down to 5 amps with wire, 120/240 Vac circuits, Non-CTL 10 kAIC 1
energy of all arcing faults. associated mitigation of 120 Vac multiwire circuits for Replacement
fire hazards in the cords employing common, neutral
The branch feeder type AFCI connected to the outlets. High and two-wire, 240 Vac
Purposes Only 1
is required in the 1999 and For replacement in
current arcing faults can occur circuits obtained from a
2002 National Electrical Code. from line to neutral or line to 120/240 Vac source.
enclosures manufactured
prior to 1968 with unnotched
1
The Combination Type AFCI is ground. These arcing faults stabs. Circuit breakers do
required in the 2005, 2008, and are in parallel with the load Page V1-T1-93 shows typical
wiring configurations for a not have rejection tab. 1
2011 National Electrical Code. and produce the most energy
120/240 Vac multiwire
of all arcing faults. The current
level of low current arcing circuits, and a 240 Vac, two- 1
faults is limited by the load. wire circuit. Note the “panel
neutral” conductor connects 1
to the neutral bar, even
though the neutral is not 1
included in the load circuit.
This connection is necessary
to supply a 120 Vac power
1
source to the ground fault
sensing circuit. 1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-83


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Product Selection
1
Plug-on Circuit Breakers, Types BR—10/22/42 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac
1
BR120 Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120/240, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC
1 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac
Requires One Common Trip Requires Two
1 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton
Wire Size
1 Range 10 kAIC 22 kAIC 10 kAIC 22 kAIC 22 kAIC 42 kAIC 65 kAIC
Ampere Cu/Al 60 °C Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Rating or 75 °C Number Number Number Number Number 5 Number Number
1 10 #14–4 BR110 — BR210 — — — —
BR215
1 15 #14–4 BR115 12 BRH115 BR215 3 BRH215 — — —
20 #14–4 BR120 12 BRH120 BR220 3 BRH220 — — —
1 25 #14–4 BR125 BRH125 BR225 3 BRH225 — — —
30 #14–4 BR130 BRH130 BR230 3 BRH230 — — —
1 35 #14–4 BR135 BRH135 BR235 3 BRH235 — — —

1 BR320
40 #14–4 BR140 BRH140 BR240 3 BRH240 3 — — —
45 #14–4 — BRH145 BR245 3 BRH245 — — —
1 50 #14–4 BR150 BRH150 BR250 3 BRH250 3 — — —
55 #14–3 BR150 BRH155 BR255 BRH255 — — —
1 60 #8–1/0 BR160 BRH160 BR260 BRH260 BRHX260 BRHH260 BRX260
70 #8–1/0 BR170 BRH170 BR270 BRH270 BRHX270 BRHH270 BRX270
1 80 #8–1/0 — — BR280 BRH280 BRHX280 BRHH280 BRX280

1 BRH2100 90 #8–1/0 — — BR290 BRH290 BRHX290 BRHH290 BRX290


100 #8–1/0 — — BR2100 BRH2100 BRHX2100 BRHH2100 BRX2100
1 110 #8–1/0 — — BR2110 BRH2110 BRHX2110 BRHH2110 BRX2110
125 #4–2/0 — — BR2125 BRH2125 BRHX2125 BRHH2125 BRX2125
1 150 #4–2/0 — — BR2150 4 — — — —

1
BRX2125
1
1
1
1 Notes
1 One pole, 1-inch (25.4 mm) per pole circuit breakers are available with high magnetic setting for switching large tungsten lamp loads. Add suffix H to catalog number.
1 2 Switching duty rated.
3 On the black handle breaker, add suffix “B” to the catalog number to obtain a tapped molded opening for proper use with hold-down kits.

1 4 For use as a branch circuit breaker in 400 and 600 ampere panels only.
5 System series rating of 65 kAIC upstream when used in series with 22 kAIC BRHX breakers.

1 All Type BR single-, two- and three-pole circuit breakers carry listing for HACR application. For circuit breakers with a shunt trip, add ST suffix.

1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-84 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
BR Breakers Type BR Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 240 Vac, 10, 22 and 42 kAIC
Three-Pole 240 Vac
1
Common Trip Requires Three
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1
5 per Shelf Carton
Ampere
Rating
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C
10 kAIC
Catalog Number
22 kAIC
Catalog Number
1
10 #14–4 BR310 — 1
15 #14–4 BR315 1 BRH315
20 #14–4 BR320 1 BRH320 1
25 #14–4 BR325 BRH325
30 #14–4 BR330 BRH330 1
35 #14–4 BR335 BRH335
40 #14–4 BR340 BRH340
1
45 #14–4 BR345 BRH345
1
50 #14–4 BR350 BRH350
55 #14–3 BR355 BRH355 1
60 #4–1/0 BR360 BRH360
70 #4–1/0 BR370 BRH370 1
80 #4–1/0 BR380 BRH380
90 #4–1/0 BR390 BRH390 1
100 #4–1/0 BR3100 BRH3100
1
Plug-on, Dual Function Arc Fault / Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac 1
BRP120DF
Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Dual Function Type AFCI Circuit Breakers 23 1
Ampere LED Diagnostics Pigtail Plug-on Neutral
Poles Rating Wire Size Breaker Type Included Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
Single-pole, 15 #14–4 Dual Function Yes BRN115DF BRP115DF
10 kAIC AFCI/GFCI 1
Single-pole, 20 #14–4 Dual Function Yes BRN120DF BRP120DF
10 kAIC AFCI/GFCI 1
1
1
Plug-on Combination Type Arc Fault Circuit Breakers, Type BR—10 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac

Type BR, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide Combination Type AFCI Circuit Breakers
1
BRP120AF

Poles
Ampere
Rating Wire Size Breaker Type
LED Diagnostics
Included
Pigtail
Catalog Number
Plug-on Neutral
Catalog Number
1
Single-pole,
10 kAIC
15 #14-4 Combination AFCI Yes BRN115AF 4 BRP115AF 4 1
20 #14-4 Combination AFCI Yes BRN120AF 4 BRP120AF 4
Two-pole, 15 — Combination AFCI — BRL215CAF — 1
10 kAIC
20 — Combination AFCI — BRL220CAF —
1
Notes 1
1 One pole, 1-inch (25.4 mm) per pole circuit breakers are available with high magnetic setting for switching large tungsten lamp loads.

Add suffix H to catalog number.


2 Breaker qualifies as combination arc fault, per UL 1699.
1
3 Breaker qualifies as personnel protection ground fault, (5 mA) per UL 943.
4 Clamshell packaging available with CS modification code on the end of catalog number. 1
All Type BR single-, two- and three-pole circuit breakers carry listing for HACR application. For circuit breakers with a shunt trip, add ST suffix.
See Volume 4 for bolt-on AF/GF breakers; QB1015AFGF. QB1020AFGF, QBH1015AFGF and QBH1020AFGF. 1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-85


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-on Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Type GFTCB and GFEP—10/22 kAIC, 120 Vac and 120/240 Vac
1
GFTCB220 Type GFTCB Ground Fault Personnel Protection Circuit Breakers—
1 5 Milliampere—1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC

1
Single-Pole 120 Vac Single-Pole 120 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac
1 Requires One Requires One Common Trip Requires Two
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
1 1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton
Ampere Wire Size Range Plug-on Neutral Pigtail
1 Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
15 #14–4 BRP115GF BRN115GF GFTCB215
1 20 #14–4 BRP120GF BRN120GF GFTCB220
25 #14–4 BRP125GF BRN125GF GFTCB225
1 30 #14–4 BRP130GF BRN130GF GFTCB230
40 #14–4 — — GFTCB240
1
50 #14–4 — — GFTCB250 1

1 60 #14–6 — — GFTCB260

1 Type GFTCBH Ground Fault Personnel Protection Circuit Breakers—


5 Milliampere—1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 22 kAIC
1
1
Single-Pole 120 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac
Requires One Common Trip Requires Two
1 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton
1 Ampere Wire Size Range Pigtail
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Number Catalog Number
1 15 #14–4 BRHN115GF GFTCBH215
20 #14–4 BRHN120GF GFTCBH220
1 25 #14–4 BRHN125GF GFTCBH225

1 30 #14–4 BRHN130GF GFTCBH230

1 Type GFEP Ground Fault Equipment Protectors—30 Milliampere—


1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 120 Vac or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC
1
1
Single-Pole 120 Vac Single-Pole 120 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac
1 Requires One
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space
Requires One
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space
Common Trip Requires Two
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space
1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton 1 per Shelf Carton
1 Ampere Wire Size Range Plug-on Neutral Pigtail
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
1 15 #14–4 BRP115EP BRN115EP GFEP215
20 #14–4 BRP120EP BRN120EP GFEP220
1 25 #14–4 BRP125EP BRN125EP GFEP225

1 30 #14–4 BRP130EP BRN130EP GFEP230


40 #14–4 — — GFEP240
1 50 #14–4 — — GFEP250 1

1 Note
1 For use with copper wire only.

1
1

V1-T1-86 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
CTL Plug-on Circuit Breakers, Type BD Duplex, BQ and BQC Quadplex—10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac
1
BD2020 Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature
Type BD Duplex Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip Type BQ Quadplex Independent Trip 1
(UL Type BRD) (UL Type BRD) (UL Type BRD) 1
120 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
1
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac 120 Vac 120/240 Vac

Single-Pole 2 Two-Pole 3 and Single-Pole 2 Two-Pole 1


Requires One 1-Inch Requires Two 1-Inch Requires Two 1-Inch
(25.4 mm) Space
10 per Shelf Carton
(25.4 mm) Spaces
5 per Shelf Carton
(25.4 mm) Spaces
5 per Shelf Carton
1
120 Vac 120 Vac 120/240 Vac 120 Vac 120/240 Vac
BQ2302115 Wire Size
Range Ampere Rating Ampere Rating 1
Ampere Catalog Cu/Al Outer Left Center Two-Pole Outer Right Catalog Outer Two-Pole Center Two-Pole Catalog
Rating Number 65 °C or 75 °C Single-Pole Independent Trip Single-Pole Number Independent Trip Independent Trip Number 1
10–10 BD1010 #14–4 15 20 15 BQ2202115 15 15 BQ215215
15–15 BD1515 #14–4 20 20 20 BQ2202120 15 20 BQ215220
1
15–20 BD1520 #14–4 15 30 15 BQ2302115 15 30 BQ215230
1
15–30 BD1530 #14–4 20 30 20 BQ2302120 15 40 BQ215240

BQ230230 20–15 BD2015 #14–4 15 40 15 BQ2402115 15 50 BQ215250 1


20–20 BD2020 #14–4 20 40 20 BQ2402120 20 20 BQ220220
20–30 BD2030 #14–4 15 50 15 BQ2502115 20 30 BQ220230 1
25–25 BD2525 #14–4 20 50 20 BQ2502120 20 40 BQ220240
30–15 BD3015 #14–4 — — — — 20 50 BQ220250
1
30–20 BD3020 #14–4 — — — — 25 25 BQ225225 1
30–30 BD3030 #14–4 — — — — 30 30 BQ230230
30–40 BD3040 #14–4 — — — — 30 40 BQ230240 1
30–50 BD3050 #14–4 — — — — 30 50 BQ230250
50–30 BD5030 #14–4 — — — — 40 40 BQ240240
1
50–50 BD5050 #14–4 — — — — 40 50 BQ240250
— — — — — — — 50 50 BQ250250
1
Notes 1
1 Not suitable for use in plug-on neutral style loadcenters.
2 All 15 and 20 A single poles are switch-duty rated.
3 All Type BD duplex and BQ quadplex circuit breakers carry listing for HACR applications.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-87


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Non-CTL Plug-on Replacement—Circuit Breakers, Type BRD—10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac


1
BR2020 Class Non-CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—Breakers Do Not Have Rejection Tab Feature 1
1 Type BRD Quadplex Common Trip
Type BR Duplex Type Brand BRD Quadplex Independent Trip Center and Outer Poles
1 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac
1 Single-Pole Requires One Two-Pole Requires Two Two-Pole Requires Two
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
1 10 per Shelf Carton
120 Vac
5 per Shelf Carton
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
5 per Shelf Carton
120/240 Vac
Wire Size
Ampere Rating Ampere Rating
1 Ampere Catalog
Range
Cu/Al Outer Two-Pole Center Two-Pole Catalog Outer Two-Pole Center Two-Pole Catalog
Rating Number 65 °C or 75 °C Independent Trip Independent Trip Number Common Trip Common Trip Number
1 15–15 BR1515 #14–4 15 15 BR415 15 15 BRDC215215

1 15–20 BR1520 #14–4 20 20 BR420 30 30 BRDC230230


20–15 BR2015 #14–4 30 30 BR430 30 40 BRDC230240
1 20–20 BR2020 #14–4 20 30 BRD220230 30 50 BRDC230250
30–30 BR3030 #14–4 30 40 BRD230240 — — —
1 30–50 BR3050 #14–4 30 50 BRD230250 — — —

1
CTL and Non-CTL Breakers
1
Notched
1 Bus Stab Type BR or Type BD Duplex, (CTL),
Type BQ and
CTL Circuit Type BD
Limiting Duplex
BQC Quadplex Feature
1 Rejection
Unnotched Tab
1 Bus Stab Type BR Notched
Stab
Non-CTL
Non-Circuit Type BR
1 Limiting

1
1 Note
1 Suitable for use in plug-on neutral style loadcenters.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-88 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Common Trip Quadplex Breakers
1
BQC2302115 Class CTL, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole 10 kAIC—All Circuit Breakers Have Rejection Tab Feature 1
Type BQC Quadplex Common Trip Center Poles Type BQC Quadplex Common Trip Center and Outer Poles 1
(UL Type BRD) (UL Type BRD)
120 Vac
120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac 1
120 Vac 120/240 Vac

Two-Pole 2 and Single-Pole 3 Two-Pole 2 1


Requires Two 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces Requires Two 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
5 per Shelf Carton
120 Vac 120/240 Vac 120 Vac
5 per Shelf Carton
120/240 Vac
1
BQC2302115 Ampere Rating
Outer Left Center Two-Pole Outer Right Catalog
Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 65 °C
Ampere Rating
Outer Two-Pole Center Two-Pole Catalog
1
Single-Pole Common Trip Single-Pole Number or 75 °C Common Trip Common Trip Number
15 20 15 BQC2202115 #14–4 15 15 BQC215215
1
15 25 15 BQC2252115 #14–4 15 20 BQC215220 1
15 30 15 BQC2302115 #14–4 15 30 BQC215230
15 40 15 BQC2402115 #14–4 20 15 BQC220215 1
15 50 15 BQC2502115 #14–4 20 20 BQC220220
— — — — #14–4 20 30 BQC220230
1
— — — — #14–4 20 40 BQC220240
1
— — — — #14–4 20 50 BQC220250
20 15 20 BQC2152120 #14–4 25 25 BQC225225 1
20 20 20 BQC2202120 #14–4 25 30 BQC225230
20 25 20 BQC2252120 #14–4 30 15 BQC230215 1
20 30 20 BQC2302120 #14–4 30 30 BQC230230
20 40 20 BQC2402120 #14–4 30 40 BQC230240
1
20 50 20 BQC2502120 #14–4 30 50 BQC230250
1
30 50 20 BQC2502030 #14–4 40 30 BQC240230
— — — — #14–4 40 40 BQC240240 1
— — — — #14–4 40 50 BQC240250
— — — — #14–4 50 20 BQC250220 1
— — — — #14–4 50 50 BQC250250
1
Notes
1 Not suitable for use in plug-on neutral style loadcenters.
2 All Type BQC quadplex circuit breakers carry listing for HACR applications.
1
3 All 15 and 20 ampere single poles are switch-duty rated.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-89


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Plug-on Circuit Breakers, Types BJ and BJH—10/22 kAIC, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac
1 For Use in Single-Phase and Three-Phase Loadcenters—150 Amperes and Above

1 Type BJ Types BJ and BJH Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 120/240 or 240 Vac, 10, 22 kAIC

1
1 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac
Common Trip Requires Four
Three-Pole 240 Vac
Common Trip Requires Six
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 2
1 10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton
Ampere 10 kAIC 22 kAIC Wire Size Range 10 kAIC 22 kAIC
1 Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Number Catalog Number
125 BJ2125 BJH2125 #2–300 kcmil BJ3125 BJH3125
1 150 BJ2150 BJH2150 #2–300 kcmil BJ3150 BJH3150

1 175 BJ2175 BJH2175 #2–300 kcmil BJ3175 BJH3175


200 BJ2200 BJH2200 #2–300 kcmil BJ3200 BJH3200
1 225 BJ2225 BJH2225 #2–300 kcmil BJ3225 BJH3225

1
Plug-on Special Application Circuit Breakers—10 kAIC, 120 Vac, 120/240 Vac and 240 Vac
1
BRWH215 Special Application Circuit Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole
1 Water Heater Breaker Water Heater Breakers Switching Neutral Breakers 240 V Breakers Non-Automatic Molded Case Switches
LINE

1 LOAD
NEUTRAL
OUT
IN

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120 Vac Two-Pole 240 Vac Two-Pole 240 Vac
1 Common Trip Requires Two Common Trip Requires Two Common Trip Requires Two Requires Two
1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
1 With Isolated Line Terminals
for Separately Metered With Switching Neutral Pole Where Voltage to For Use as Disconnect Contains No
BRSN220
Switching Neutral Water Heaters for Gasoline Pump Applications Wire Ground is 240 Vac Magnetic or Thermal Trip Properties
1 Breaker 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton Size 5 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton
Range
10 kAIC 10 kAIC Cu/Al 10 kAIC 5 kAIC
1 Ampere Catalog Ampere Catalog 60 °C or Ampere Catalog Ampere Catalog
Rating Number Rating Number 75 °C Rating Number Rating Number
1 15 BRWH215 15 BRSN215 #14–4 10 BR210H — —
20 BRWH220 20 BRSN220 #14–4 15 BR215H — —
1 30 BRWH230 25 BRSN225 #14–4 20 BR220H — —

1 — — 30 BRSN230 #14–4 25 BR225H — —


— — — — #14–4 30 BR230H — —
1 — — — — #14–4 35 BR235H — —
— — — — #14–4 40 BR240H — —
1 — — — — #14–4 45 BR245H — —
— — — — #14–4 50 BR250H 50 BR250NA
1 — — — — #14–4 55 BR255H — —

1 — — — — #4–1/0 60 BR260H 60 BR260NA


— — — — #4–1/0 70 BR270H — —
1 — — — — #4–1/0 80 BR280H — —
— — — — #4–1/0 90 BR290H — —
1 — — — — #4–1/0 100 BR2100H 100 BR2100NA

1 Notes
1 Breaker uses two 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on left side and two 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on right side of loadcenter.

1 2 Breaker uses three 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on left side and three 1-inch (25.4 mm) pole spaces on right side of loadcenter.

If BJ or BJH breakers are used as a main or a back feed device, a hold-down kit is required. See Page V1-T1-91.

1
1

V1-T1-90 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Options and Accessories
1
Field Installation Kits and Parts
THS1
Ordering Catalog
1
Description Quantity 1 Number
New Products
1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of BR long body AF/GF breaker into the ON or OFF position BRLAFGFLOFF
1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of BR short body BRCAF, BRAFGF, QBCAF, QBAFGF breakers into the ON or OFF position BRCAFLOFF
BHLW2
Handle Ties 2 1
Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (metal cylinder pin type) 10 BHT
Handle tie bar for joining two independent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD 10 THOW 1
duplex circuit breakers
BRQLW Handle tie bar for joining two adjacent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD 10 THS1 1
duplex circuit breakers
Handle Lockoffs 34 1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type BR Circuit Breakers and single-pole of a Type BD Duplex 10 BRLW
or one independent outside pole of a Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5 1
MCBPL (Installed) Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted) 6 10 BRLW1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of a two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted) 6 10 BRLW2 1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BD Duplex, BQ or BQC Quadplex breaker (handle mounted) 6 10 BRDL1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of the two center poles and the two outer poles of a two-pole Types BQ and BQC quadplex 10 BRQLW
1
circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5
Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CHH into the ON or OFF position (screw mounted) 7 1 CCPL
1
Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted) 5 1 MCBPL
1
BHLW Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-, two- or three-pole Type BR circuit breakers and single-pole of Type BD 10 BHLW
duplex and one independent outside pole of Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5
1
Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted) 6 10 BHLW1
Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted) 6 10 BHLW2 1
Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type GFTCB ground fault circuit breakers (handle mounted) 6 10 BHGW
BRLW2
Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for one independent outside pole of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex or single-pole 10 HLW1 1
Type BD duplex circuit breakers (handle mounted) 6
1
1
Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker.
1
3 Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position.
4 See table on Page V1-T1-92 for handle position changeability chart. 1
5 Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront.
6 Handle mounted: device mounted directly to the handle by the use of a set screw.
7 Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-91


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

BREQS125 Field Installation Kits and Parts, continued


1 Ordering Catalog
Description Quantity 1 Number
1 Hold-Down Kits 2

1 Hold-down retainer kit for three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in S3100 and 3100R loadcenters only 1 BRHDB
BRHDK125 Hold-down screw kit for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in single-phase MLO loadcenters through 100–125 A 1 BREQS125
1 Hold-down screw kit for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 150–225 A 1 BRHDK125
Hold-down screw kit for two-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225 A 1 BJHDS
1 Hold-down screw kit for three-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225 A 1 BJHDS3P
Main Breaker Lug Kits
1 Types CC and CHH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1 CCL300

1 BRML
Types BW/CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil 1 MCBL300
Mechanical Interlocks
1 Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers 10 BRML
Padlock Brackets
1 BR padlock mounting bracket 10 BRPLOFF
BR three-pole lock-off bracket 10 BRPLOFF3P
1 BJ two-pole lock-off bracket 10 BJL2P

1 BJ three-pole lock-off bracket 10 BJL3P

1 Shunt Trips, Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts


Catalog Number 3
1 Description Suffix Adder
Shunt Trip for Types BW/CSR
1 12 Volts SR12

1 24 Volts SR24
120 Volts SR01
1 Shunt Trip for Types BR
120 Volts ST
1 Auxiliary Contact for Types BW/CSR
1NO and 1NC AL1
1 2NO and 2NC AL2

1 Alarm Contacts for Types BW/CSR


Types BW/CSR CR1
1 Alarm Contacts for Type GFTCB (Single-Pole)
Alarm contact for GFTCB (single-pole) W1
1 1NO and 1NC W2

1
Handle Position Changeability Chart
1 To Change Handle Position from ON to OFF, or OFF to ON
You Must...
1 Handle Lockoff and Remove Remove
Remove
Loadcenter
Lockdog Types Padlock Device Deadfront
1 Lockoff escutcheon mounted Remove — —
Lockoff handle mounted Remove Remove —
1 Lockoff screw mounted Remove — —

1 Lockdog escutcheon mounted N/A Remove Remove


Lockdog handle mounted N/A Remove —
1 Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

1 2 Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 408.36(D).

Add “B” suffix to two-pole breaker for tapped hole for hold-down kit (ex. BR230B) for BR breakers below 60 A.
1 3 Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number.

V1-T1-92 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
1.2
Wiring Diagrams
1
Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Duplex Receptacle Application
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 1
Source Source
N A B N A B 1
Line B Line B
Line A
1
Single-Pole Two-Pole 1
Neutral 120V Neutral 120V Duplex
Duplex
Neutral Receptacle
Neutral
Receptacle
(With Line Side
1
Jumper Removed)
Equipment Ground
Equipment Ground 1
1
Two-Pole Shared Neutral with
Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac
1
120/240 Vac 1
120/240 Vac Source
Source
N A B
N A B 1
Line B
Line B
1
Two-Pole
Single-Pole
Neutral
1
120V
Neutral Two 120V Duplex
Duplex
Receptacles Neutral Receptacle 1
Neutral
Equipment Ground 1
Equipment Ground
Line A 1
1
Two-Pole 240 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac Single-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac 1
Source Source
N A B N A B 1
Line B Line B
1
Two-Pole
Line A 240V
Single-Pole 1
Neutral 120V
Duplex
Neutral Receptacle Neutral
Duplex
Receptacle 1
Equipment Ground 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-93


1.2 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers

Two-Pole 120 V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application


1
120/240 Vac
Source
1 N A B
Line B
1
1 Two-Pole
Two 120V
Neutral
1 Duplex
Receptacles
Neutral
1
1 Line A

1 Two-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application


1 120/240 Vac
Source
1 N A B
Line B
Line A
1
1 Two-Pole
Neutral 120V Duplex
Receptacle
1 Neutral (With Line Side
Jumper Removed)
1
1
1 Two-Pole 240 V Duplex Receptacle Application
120/240 Vac
1 Source
N A B
1 Line B

1
Two-Pole
1 Line A 240V
Duplex
Neutral Receptacle
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-94 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters
1.3
OEM Loadcenters Contents
Description Page
1
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-96 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-96
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Description 1
As a leader in the electrical Quality The CH interiors feature The stab rating of the BR
1
distribution equipment Built in ISO 9002 certified 100% copper bus and use interiors is 200 A maximum,
business, Eaton has a manufacturing facilities, the CH 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) meaning that the handle
unique product offering for customers can be assured wide circuit breaker, which rating of the breakers that 1
equipment manufacturers, of the process quality in place minimizes panel space. are mounted across from
panel builders and virtually for the manufacture of these Recognized by contractors one another may not 1
any OEM that has a need products. Utilizing the latest for its sturdy design, the exceed 200 A.
for power distribution within
their equipment. The OEM
in computer-controlled CH interior will appeal to
those customers seeking The interiors are designed 1
plating, painting, molding, for either horizontal (single-
interior offering consists an industrial quality bolted
of a wide variety of power
stamping and welding
processes, Eaton’s busbar and the space saving row breaker mounting), or 1
distribution options utilizing of 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) per vertical (double-row breaker
customers have come to
components from Eaton’s CH expect consistent high-quality bus stab. With a typical mounting). To comply with 1
and BR loadcenter product 12 circuit CH interior, this National Electrical Code
from shipment to shipment. (NEC) requirements, if
lines. With high-volume, space savings amounts
mounted horizontally, when
1
standardized products, Two Products Offer to an inch and a half savings
OEMs can expect to over its 1-inch (25.4 mm) the breaker is ON, the handle
receive high-quality products
Design Flexibility
counterparts. The stab should be in the UP position. 1
As a manufacturer of two When mounted vertically, the
covering configurations rating of the CH interiors
meeting virtually any power
lines of loadcenters, Eaton
is in a unique position to is 140 A maximum meaning handle toggles from left to 1
distribution need. that the handle rating of right, so this is not a concern.
offer the broadest range of
Coupled with Eaton’s interiors in the market. Each breakers mounted across 1
line has its own unique from one another may not
expertise in circuit breaker
design and manufacturing, characteristics that appeal exceed 140 A. 1
OEM interiors provide solid to various segments of the The BR interiors are
power distribution and circuit market. OEM interiors are manufactured of formed, 1
protection in a compact, UL recognized components plated aluminum or copper,
and are listed in either of
easy-to-install package.
the following UL files: E8741
and use Eaton’s Type BR 1
Interiors are offered from 1-inch (25.4 mm) wide circuit
2 to 42 circuits and from or E52977. breaker. This design affords
70 to 225 A. customers the most circuit
1
flexibility as many of these
interiors allow the installation 1
of standard single- and
two-pole breakers as well as 1
duplex (two poles in a 1-inch
(25.4 mm) space) or quadplex
(four poles in a 2-inch
1
(50.8 mm) space) breakers.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-95


1.3 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Standards and Certifications


1
Class CTL Federal Specifications Underwriters Lighting and
1 National Electrical Code All loadcenter enclosures Laboratories Listing Appliance Panelboards
Paragraph 384.15 requires meet Federal Specifications All grounding bars Lighting and appliance
1 branch circuit panelboards
to be provided with physical
W-P-115b, Type 1, Class 2
requirements.
manufactured comply branch circuit panelboards are
with Underwriters defined in NEC (Article 408)
means to prevent the Laboratories standards as “One having more than
1 installation of more All 120/240 V breakers, both
and are listed under 10 percent of its overcurrent
overcurrent devices than 1-inch (25.4 mm), 1/2-inch
Guide No. DHJR, File devices rated 30 A or less for
1 that number of which the (12.7 mm) and 3/4-inch
E31424, Volume W, which neutral connections
enclosure was designed, (19.1 mm) per pole meet
Section 17. are provided.” Article 408
the requirement of Federal
1 rated and approved. Class
Specifications W-C 375B/ All circuit breakers 10 A
also limits the number of
CTL Duplex, Quadplex and overcurrent devices (branch
Gen Type 1. and larger comply with the
1 twin breakers (identified
by a catalog number prefix Underwriters Laboratories
circuit poles) to a maximum
of 42 in any one cabinet.
Canadian Standards “Standard for Branch
BD, BQ, BQC and CHT) When the 42 poles are
1 are equipped with a
Association Listing Circuit and Service Circuit- exceeded, two or more
UL listed rejection tab All single-pole and two-pole, Breakers” UL 489; Guide separate panels are required.
1 over the line terminal. 120/240 V breakers, both No. 60 10.2 File E31424, and
All OEM interiors have 1-inch (25.4 mm), 1/2-inch “Requirements for Wire For more details and
(12.7 mm) and 3/4-inch Connectors and Soldering engineering drawings,
1 appropriately notched stabs
(19.1 mm) per pole, 225 A Lugs,” UL 486B, Guide see BR.31.02.S.E.
to accept these rejection
tab Class CTL breakers. maximum, are listed as No. 461 10-C File E7830.
1 Certified by the Canadian
Duplex, Quadplex and twin Standards Association, Guide All Eaton breakers where
1 breakers manufactured No. 69-11.19, Class 1432, marked, are suitable for use
with 60/75 °C rated wire,
without the rejection tab File 18328.
unless otherwise specified.
1 (identified by a catalog
number prefix BR, BRD All devices comply with the
and CHT) are available
1 for replacement purposes
22 kAIC–10 kAIC UL series
connected components File
in older interiors. DKSY2 of the Recognized
1 Components Index.

1 Product Selection
1 Type CH Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Copper Bus
Ampere Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm) UL File Main Terminal Size Standard Catalog
1 Rating Spaces Single Poles Reference (Per Phase) Package Quantity Number
Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire
1 70 2 2 E8741 (1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al 1 CH9MB270

1 125 2 2 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH2L125INT


Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire
1 125 4 4 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH4L125INT
125 8 8 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH8L125INT
1 125 12 12 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH12L125INT
125 16 16 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH16L125INT
1 200 12 12 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 20 CH12L200INT

1 200 16 16 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH16L200INT


225 24 24 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH24L225INT
1 225 32 32 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH32L225INT
225 42 42 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH42L225INT
1 Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta

1 125 12 12 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH12L3125INT


125 18 18 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH18L3125INT
1 125 24 24 E8741 (1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH24L3125INT
225 24 24 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH24L3225INT
1 225 30 30 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH30L3225INT
225 42 42 E8741 (1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al 10 CH42L3225INT
1

V1-T1-96 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters
1.3
BR Loadcenter Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Aluminum Bus
Interior Assembly
Ampere Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm) UL File Main Terminal Size Standard Catalog
1
Rating Spaces Single Poles Reference (Per Phase) Package Quantity Number
Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire
1
70 2 4 E8741 (1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al 20 24INT70B 1
125 2 4 E8741 (1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu 20 24INT125B
2/0–12 AWG All
1
125 6 12 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 612INT125SRB
Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire 1
125 4 8 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 48INT125B
125 6 12 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 612INT125B 1
125 8 16 E8741 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 816INT125B
125 12 12 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1212INT125B
1
125 12 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1224INT125B 1
125 16 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1624INT125B
125 20 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 10 2024INT125B 1
125 24 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 10 2424INT125B
200 8 16 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 20 816INT200B
1
200 12 24 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 20 1224INT200B
1
200 30 40 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 10 3040INT200B
225 42 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 10 4242INT225B 1
Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—
120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta
1
125 12 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al 10 1224INT3125B
150 18 36 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 1836INT3150B 1
150 24 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 2442INT3150B
200 30 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 3042INT3200B 1
225 42 42 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 4242INT3225B
1
Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies—Copper Bus
1
Ampere
Rating
Maximum Number 1-Inch (24.5 mm)
Spaces Single Poles
UL File
Reference
Main Terminal Size
(Per Phase)
Standard
Package Quantity
Catalog
Number
1
Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire 1
125 8 16 E5297 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 816INT125BC
125 12 12 E5297 (1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al 20 1212INT125BC 1
200 12 24 E5297 (1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al 20 1224INT200BC
Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—
1
120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta
125 12 24 E52977 (1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al 10 1224INT3125BC 1
200 12 24 E52977 (1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al 10 1224INT3200BC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-97


1.3 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters

Neutral Assemblies
1 Number of Terminals Dimensions–Inches (mm)
UL Main Incoming Terminal Standard Overall
1 Ampere File Wire Size Range #14–4 AWG #6–1/0 AWG Cu Package Length Mounting Catalog
Rating Rating 60 °C or 75 °C Cu/Al #6–2/0 AWG Al Quantity Figure A B Number
1 125 E52977 #6–1/0 AWG Cu 10 — 20 1 5.938 (150.83) 5.400 (137.16) 10NEU125B
#6–2/0 AWG Al
1 125 E52977 #6–1/0 AWG Cu 17 — 20 1 8.388 (213.06) 7.850 (199.40) 17NEU125B
#6–2/0 AWG Al
1 125 E52977 #6–1/0 AWG Cu 20 — 20 1 9.438 (239.73) 8.900 (226.06) 20NEU125B
#6–2/0 AWG Al

1 225 E52977 #1–300 kcmil Cu/Al 24 1 20 2 10.913 (277.19) 10.300 (261.62) 24NEU225B
225 E52977 #1–300 kcmil Cu/Al 35 1 20 2 15.813 (401.65) 15.200 (386.08) 35NEU225B
1 125 — — 4 2 1 3 2.266 (57.56) 0.594 (15.09) BINA

1 Figure 1 Figure 2
1 A .269
(6.83)
.344
A
.269
B (8.74) B (6.83)

1 .844
(21.44) 1.750 .844
(44.45) (21.44)
1 C
Lof Mounting Hole C
Lof Mounting Hole

1
2.360
1 (59.94)

2.860
1 (72.64) 2.360
(59.94)

Figure 3
1 A .120
(3.05) C
L
.250 .182 Diameter
1 1.182
(6.35)
C
(4.62)
of
Mounting
Hole
Lof Mounting Hole
(30.02)
1 .750
.688 (19.05)
(17.47) 1.750
1 .156
(3.96)
(44.45)

B 1.187
(30.15)
1 .344
(8.74)

1 2.000
(50.80)

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-98 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Loadcenter Interiors/OEM Loadcenters
1.3
Add-on Lugs for Neutral Assemblies
Wire Size Range Ordering Catalog
1
Description Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Quantity 1 Number

Neutral/ground lug #2/0 maximum 1 NL20


1
Add-on neutral or ground lug #3/0 maximum 1 NL30
1
300 kcmil maximum 1 NL300

1
GBK14 Ground Bar Kits 1
Description Length Ordering Catalog
(See Legend) Inches (mm) Quantity 1 Number
1
dssssds 2.54 (64.5) 1 GBK5 2
BRGBK39512 dssssdsj 3.59 (91.2) 1 GBK520 2 1
4.29 (109.0) 1 GBK10 2
dssssdssssss
dssssdssssssj 5.34 (135.6) 1 GBK1020 2
1
4.61 (117.1) 1 GBK13 2
1
dssssdssssssssss 5.69 (144.5) 1 GBK14 2
dssssdssssssssssj 6.74 (171.2) 1 GBK1420 2 1
dssssdsssssssssssssssss 8.14 (206.8) 1 GBK21 2
dssssdsssssssssssssssssj 9.19 (233.4) 1 GBK2120 2 1
5.78 (146.8) 1 BRGBK39512 34

1
Ground Bar Legend
s = (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al
j = (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al
1
= (1) 1/0–14 or (3) #10–12 Cu/Al
= (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al 1
d = Mounting hole
Notes
1
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches (44.5 mm). 1
3 For single- and three-phase 400 and 600 A applications.
4 Distance between mounting holes is 2.34 inches (59.5 mm).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-99


1.4 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Enclosed Breakers

Enclosed Breakers Contents


1 Description Page
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-101
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-101
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Product Overview Product Description Standards and
Eaton enclosed breakers ● 100–225 A, 240 Vac Certifications
1 offer all the advantages of maximum ● UL 489
circuit breakers packed in an ● NEMA 1 general purpose— CSA 22.2
1 enclosure for 240 Vac surface or flush mounting

applications and include a


● NEMA 250
● NEMA 3R rainproof
1 wide range of accessories. surface mounting

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-100 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Enclosed Breakers
1.4
Product Selection
1
Single-Phase and Three-Phase Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10/25 kAIC
1
ECC225R
Type ECC Circuit Breaker Enclosure—Order Type CC Circuit Breaker Separately
Main Ampere Unit Enclosure Mounting Circuit Wire Size Range Catalog 1
Rating Type Type Breaker Type Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Number
Single- and Three-Phase—240 Vac Maximum 1
100 Indoor Surface CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC) #4–4/0 ECCVH100S 123

150 Indoor Surface CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC) #4–4/0 ECCVH150S 123
1
200 Indoor Surface CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC) #2/0–300 kcmil ECCVH200S 123
1
100 Outdoor — CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC) #4–4/0 ECCVH100R 124
150 Outdoor — CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC) #4–4/0 ECCVH150R 124 1
200 Outdoor — CCVH factory installed (25 kAIC) #2/0–300 kcmil ECCVH200R 124
225 Indoor Flush CC/CCV/CCH 6 ECC225F 235 1
225 Indoor Surface CC/CCV/CCH 6 ECC225S 235

225 Outdoor — CC/CCV/CCH 6 ECC225R 2345


1
1
Circuit Breaker 240 Vac for Use in Shunt Trips and Auxiliary Contacts
CCV2200
Type ECC Enclosures 1
Description Catalog Number
Wire Size
Range Type
Type Volts Suffix Adder 7 1
Cu/Al 60 °C Type CCV and CCVH/CCH Shunt Trip

Ampere
or 75 °C
for Line
CC 10 kAIC
Catalog
25 kAIC
Catalog
CC 12 DC SR12 1
Rating Terminals Number Number CC 24 DC SR24
Two-Pole CC 120 AC SR01
1
60 #2–300 kcmil CCV2060 CCVH2060 CC 208 AC SR08
1
70 CCV2070 CCVH2070 CC 240 AC SR02
80 CCV2080 CCVH2080 CCV 48–127 AC/48–60 DC SR01 1
90 CCV2090 CCVH2090 CCV 9–24 AC/12–24 DC SR02
100 CCV2100 CCVH2100 CCV 208–380 AC/100–127 DC SR04 1
125 CCV2125 CCVH2125 Auxiliary Contact
150 CCV2150 CCVH2150 CC 1NO and 1NC — AL1
1
175 CCV2175 CCVH2175 1
200 CCV2200 CCVH2200
225 CCV2225 CCVH2225
Dimensions 1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Three-Pole
100 #2–300 kcmil CC3100 CCH3100 ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 1 Indoor
1
125 CC3125 CCH3125 Height Width Depth
1
150 CC3150 CCH3150 23.25 (590.6) 8.88 (225.4) 4.50 (114.3)
175 CC3175 CCH3175 1
200 CC3200 CCH3200 ECC Unit Enclosures—NEMA Type 3R Outdoor
225 CC3225 CCH3225 Height Width Depth
1
23.68 (601.7) 9.31 (236.5) 5.44 (138.1) 1
Notes
1 Factory installed CCVH breaker. 1
2 Approved for service entrance.
3 One ground lug accepting (1) #14–#2 is factory installed. Also, there are pre-drilled holes to

accept a GBK5 ground bar.


1
4 Rainproof panels are furnished with hub closures plates. For rainproof hubs, refer to

Page V1-T1-71. 1
5 Order circuit breaker separately.
6 Wire size is determined by the circuit breaker installed in enclosure.
7 Add suffix indicated to end of breaker catalog number.
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-101


1.5 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Classified Circuit Breakers

Classified Breakers Contents


1 Description Page
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-103
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-105
1 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-105
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-106
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 Product Description
1 Eaton UL classified Specified vs. UL Classified Testing Understanding Classified
Replacement Circuit Breakers Specified breakers are listed Classified breakers are Breaker Terminology
are available in both 3/4-inch by the manufacturer of the tested extensively in
1 Type CHQ and 1-inch Type panelboard for use in a numerous General Electric®, Definitions
CL, single- and two-pole particular panel. This doesn’t Siemens®, Murray®, Specified circuit breaker—
1 configurations. These mean that the panelboard Thomas & Betts®, Square D®, each manufacturer lists
breakers are classified as manufacturer produced the and Crouse-Hinds® panels. the brands of circuit
1 direct replacements by
Underwriters Laboratories.
specified breaker; it merely The tests are conducted with breakers that can be used
means that the panelboard witnesses from Underwriters in their panelboards. Often,
In addition to a UL listing,
1 they also come with a
manufacturer has tested the
breaker in the panel. In fact,
Laboratories Inc. and involve
short-circuit, temperature,
manufacturers will not list
competitors as specified,
15-year warranty. through the years, Eaton has and insertion/withdrawal even though they are
1 manufactured thousands of applications. This level of suitable replacements.
breakers for other panelboard testing ensures that the
1 manufacturers. breakers meet identified Classified circuit breaker—
standards and have been a breaker that is considered
UL classified breakers suitable, by a qualified third-
1 are produced by one
found suitable by UL for
party organization, for use
the specified purpose.
manufacturer for use in in another manufacturer’s
1 place of the breakers panelboard.
specified on the panelboard.
1 Like specified breakers, Listed breaker—the listing
of a circuit breaker is by an
UL classified breakers have
independent third party. Eaton
1 been tested in the panels for
which they are approved. classified breakers are listed
by UL.
1 Labeled breaker—a breaker
with a label affixed by an
1 independent third party.

1
1
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-102 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Classified Circuit Breakers
1.5
Product Selection
1
Type CHQ Replacement Breakers for Square D Type QO Loadcenters
10 kAIC, 120 and 120/240 Vac
1
Type CHQ Classified Breakers 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole
1
CHQ120 CHQ230
120 or 120/240 Vac, 10 kAIC
1
Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 120/240 Vac 1
Requires One Common Trip Requires Two

Ampere Wire Size Range


3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
10 per Shelf Carton
3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Spaces
5 per Shelf Carton
1
Rating Cu/Al 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Number Catalog Number
15 (1) #14–8 CHQ115 CHQ215
1
(2) #14–10
20 CHQ120 CHQ220 1
25 CHQ125 CHQ225
30 CHQ130 CHQ230 1
35 CHQ135 CHQ235
40 CHQ140 CHQ240
1
45 CHQ145 CHQ245
1
50 CHQ150 CHQ250
60 — CHQ260 1
1
Type CHQ Surge Arrester
Catalog Number 1
CHQSA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-103


1.5 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Classified Circuit Breakers

Type CL Replacement Breakers for Square D HOMELINE, General Electric, Crouse-Hinds,


1 Thomas & Betts, Murray and ITE®/Siemens Loadcenters
1 CL_ Type CL Breakers, 1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC

1
Single-Pole 120/240 V Two-Pole 120/240 V
Requires One Common Trip Requires Two
1 Wire Size 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
Ampere Range Cu/Al 10 per Shelf Carton 5 per Shelf Carton
1 Rating 60 °C or 75 °C Catalog Number Catalog Number
15 #14–4 CL115 CL215
1 20 #14–4 CL120 CL220
25 #14–4 CL125 CL225
1 30 #14–4 CL130 CL230
35 #14–4 CL135 CL235
1
40 #14–4 CL140 CL240

1 45 #14–4 CL145 CL245


50 #14–4 CL150 CL250
1
1 CL_AF Type CL Classified Arc and Ground Fault Breakers (5 Milliampere),
1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC
1
1 Single-Pole 120/240 V
Wire Size Requires One 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space
1 Ampere
Rating
Range Cu/Al
60 °C or 75 °C
1 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number

1 Arc Fault Breakers


15 #14–4 CL115AF
1 15 #14–4 CL115CAF
20 #14–4 CL120AF
1 20 #14–4 CL120CAF
Ground Fault Breakers
1 15 #14–4 CL115GFT

1 20 #14–4 CL120GFT
30 #14–4 CL130GFT
1
1 CLR_ Type CL Classified Latching Remote Control Smart Breakers™,
1-Inch (25.4 mm) per Pole, 10 kAIC
1
Single-Pole 120 V Two-Pole 120/240 V
1 Requires One Common Trip Requires Two
Wire Size 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Space 1-Inch (25.4 mm) Spaces
1 Ampere
Rating
Range Cu/Al
60 °C or 75 °C
10 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number
5 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number

1 15 (2) #14–10 CLRP115 CLRP215


20 (2) #14–10 CLRP120 CLRP220
1 25 (1) #8–6 CLRP125 CLRP225
30 (1) #8–6 CLRP130 CLRP230
1
1
1
1

V1-T1-104 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com


Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Classified Circuit Breakers
1.5
Accessories Technical Data
1
CHQ Breaker Accessories Arc Fault Application Notes Ground Fault
Catalog An arc fault circuit interrupter Application Notes 1
Description Number is a device intended to Single-pole GFTCBs are
Breaker handle lock CHLO provide protection from
the effects of arc faults by
designed for use in two-wire, 1
120 Vac circuits. Drawing
recognizing characteristics on Page V1-T1-106 shows a
unique to arcing and by typical wiring configuration.
1
functioning to de-energize
the circuit when the arc Two-pole GFTCBs are 1
fault is detected. As of designed for use in three-
January 1, 2002, the wire, 120/240 Vac circuits,
120 Vac multiwire circuits
1
National Electrical Code
employing common, neutral
(NEC) requires all branch
circuits that supply 125 V, and two-wire, 240 Vac 1
single-phase, 15 and 20 A circuits obtained from a
receptacle outlets installed 120/240 Vac source. 1
in dwelling unit bedrooms Drawings on Page V1-T1-106
shall be protected by an arc illustrate typical wiring 1
fault circuit interrupter(s). configurations for
This includes ceiling lighting 120/240 Vac multiwire 1
(recessed, ceiling fans, etc.) circuits.
as well as smoke detectors
and all other bedroom outlets. Drawing on Page V1-T1-106
1
The 2005 NEC introduced the depicts a 240 Vac, two-wire
application of the circuit. Note the “panel 1
Combination Type AFCI for neutral” conductor connects
bedroom circuits required as to the neutral bar, even 1
of January 1, 2008. The 2008 though the neutral is not
NEC expands this application
to other living areas.
included in the load circuit.
This connection is necessary
1
to supply a 120 Vac power
source to the ground fault 1
sensing circuit.
1
The figures are shown with
a 120/240 Vac, single-phase,
three-wire power source,
1
ut are also applicable to a
120/208 Vac, three-phase, 1
four-wire power supply.
For all figures, the electrical 1
operation of the GFTCB
is not affected by the
equipment ground.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com V1-T1-105


1.5 Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Classified Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams
1
Single-Pole 120 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac Two-Pole 240 V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac
1 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
Source Source
1 N A B N A B
Line B Line B
1
1 Single-Pole Two-Pole
Neutral 120V Line A 240V
Duplex Duplex
1 Neutral Receptacle
Neutral Receptacle

1 Equipment Ground Equipment Ground

1
Two-Pole Shared Neutral with Two-Pole Shared Neutral with
1 Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application Duplex Receptacle Application
120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
1 Source Source
N A B N A B
1 Line B
Line A
Line B

1
Two-Pole Two-Pole
1 Neutral Two 120V
Duplex
Neutral 120V Duplex
Receptacle
Receptacles
Neutral Neutral (With Line Side
1 Jumper Removed)
Equipment Ground
1 Line A
Equipment Ground
1
Single-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application Two-Pole 120 V Duplex Receptacle Application
1 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
Source Source
1 N A B N A B
Line B
Line B
1 Line A

1 Single-Pole
Two-Pole
Neutral 120V Neutral 120V Duplex
1 Neutral
Duplex
Receptacle Neutral
Receptacle
(With Line Side
Jumper Removed)
1
1
Two-Pole 120 V Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application Two-Pole 240 V Duplex Receptacle Application
1 120/240 Vac 120/240 Vac
Source Source
1 N A B N A B
Line B Line B
1
1 Two-Pole Two-Pole
Neutral Two 120V Line A 240V
1 Neutral
Duplex
Receptacles
Duplex
Receptacle
Neutral
1
1 Line A

V1-T1-106 Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial CA08100002E—April 2019 www.eaton.com

You might also like